The Reign of the House of Rothschild

This volume carries on the history of the House of Rothschild as revealed by the relevant documents from 1830 up to the peace that concluded the Franco-Prussian War in 1871. In the writing of this volume, the Rothschild families have brought no influence of any kind to bear; the author's aim has been to portray without prejudice or partiality the tremendous part that the House played in the events of the nineteenth century. Original documents and letters that had been intercepted have occasionally afforded particularly illuminating revelations; although, in the case of extracts from some of the letters, it is necessary to bear in mind that the originals were probably carefully altered by the Rothschilds themselves, with the deliberate intention of making upon persons like Metternich a definite impression such as would assist them in carrying out their plans. Seen in this light they are no less instructive and characteristic of the methods of the House than the more ingenuous documents that undoubtedly constitute a large proportion of those used in this work.

The epilogue which appears at the end of the book makes no claim to continue the treatment of the subject on the same lines; it merely attempts to bring out one or two of the more striking moves executed by the House of Rothschild on the political chessboard during the sixty years leading up to the present day, moves which show how the House, in spite of growing difficulties, vanishing influence, and the powerful competition of younger and richer firms, has endeavored until the most recent times to maintain its position, to influence international policies, and although with diminishing success, to drive them along the path which corresponded to the interests of the bank.

Hardcover: 457 pages
Publisher: Cosmopolitan book corporation; First Edition edition (1928)

The Ego and His Own: The Case of the Individual Against Authority (Dover Books on Western Philosophy)

Credited with influencing the philosophies of Nietzsche and Ayn Rand and the development of libertarianism and existentialism, this prophetic 1844 work challenges the very notion of a common good as the driving force of civilization. By examining the role of the human ego, author Max Stirner chronicles the battle of the individual against the collective — showing how, throughout history, the latter invariably leads to oppression. Stirner begins with a study of the individual ego and then traces its subjugation from ancient times to the nineteenth century. Nothing escapes his indictment: the ancient philosophers, Christianity, monarchism, the bourgeois state; all have fettered individuals with laws, morality, and obligations. Revolutions expunge one evil only to replace it with another, and Stirner predicted — years before the publication of Marx's Manifesto — that socialism would climax in the ultimate totalitarian state.

For students of political science and philosophy, this book is essential reading. For those concerned about the encroachment of authority upon individual liberty, Stirner articulates a philosophy that remains unsurpassed in its scope.

Paperback: 400 pages
Publisher: Dover Publications (December 16, 2005)

The Social Contract: A Personal Inquiry into the Evolutionary Sources of Order and Disorder (Robert Ardrey's Nature of Man Series) (Volume 3)

“Violation of biological command has been the failure of social man. Vertebrates though we may be, we have ignored the law of equal opportunity since civilization’s earliest hours. Sexually reproducing beings though we are, we pretend today that the law of inequality does not exist. And enlightened though we may be, while we pursue the unattainable we make impossible the realizable.” In his two previous books, Robert Ardrey exploded a series of philosophical landmines. African Genesis (1961) introduced his new evolutionary approach to an understanding of men. Then came The Territorial Imperative (1966), whose title is now a common phrase in our language. The Social Contract is the third in the series, and it denies that men are created equal - but that they deserve absolute equality of opportunity. Robert Ardrey maintains that since the publication of Rousseau’s Social Contract two centuries ago, men have wasted social resources, converted much of education into a process of brain-washing, committed themselves to one political insane asylum after another, all in pursuit of a goal that is a natural impossibility in any sexually reproducing species. Discarding the myth, Robert Ardrey combines his wealth of knowledge of animal ways with the new insights of modern biology and the newest revelations concerning human evolution to probe perplexing contemporary problems: the revolt of the young, the status struggle and the role of leadership, population control, urban overcrowding, violence in civilized life. Praise for the 1970 edition: “Robert Ardrey’s The Social Contract is as imaginative and exciting as his African Genesis or The Territorial Imperative, but this new book is broader in scope, better balanced, and more philosophical than its predecessors. I disagree with some of Ardrey’s opinions concerning human aggression, because I have greater faith than he has in the power of environmental conditioning. But this does not affect my conviction that The Social Contract will be of immense value in helping the public to probe into the dark and misty areas where zoology, anthropology, and prehistory join to account for the origins of man as a social animal.” - Rene Dubos, Rockefeller University

Paperback: 322 pages
Publisher: StoryDesign LTD (September 9, 2014)

Beyond Good & Evil: Prelude to a Philosophy of the Future

Represents Nietzsche's attempt to sum up his philosophy. In nine parts the book is designed to give the reader a comprehensive idea of Nietzsche's thought and style: they span "The Prejudices of Philsophers," "The Free Spirit," religion, morals, scholarship, "Our Virtues," "Peoples and Fatherlands," and "What Is Noble," as well as epigrams and a concluding poem. Beyond Good and Evil is one of the most remarkable and influential books of the nineteenth century.

This translation by Walter Kaufmann has become the standard one, for accuracy and fidelity to the eccentricities and grace of the style of the original. The translation is based on the only edition Nietzsche himself published, and all variant reading in later editions. This volume offers an inclusive index of subjects and persons, as well as a running footnote commentary on the text.

From the Inside Flap

Represents Nietzsche's attempt to sum up his philosophy. In nine parts the book is designed to give the reader a comprehensive idea of Nietzche's thought and style. With an inclusive index of subjects and persons.

Paperback: 288 pages
Publisher: Vintage (December 17, 1989)

Animal Farm

Manor Farm is like any other English farm, expect for a drunken owner, Mr Jones, incompetent workers and oppressed animals. Fed up with the ignorance of their human masters, the animals rise up in rebellion and take over the farm. Led by intellectually superior pigs like Snowball and Napoleon, the animals how to take charge of their destiny and remove the inequities of their lives. But as time passes, the realize that things aren't happening quite as expected. Animal Farm is, one level, a simple story about barnyard animals. On a much deeper level, it is a savage political satire on corrupted ideals, misdirected revolutions and class conflict-themes as valid today as they were sixty years ago.

About the Author

Eric Arthur Blair (George Orwell) was an English writer. His work is characterized by lucid prose, biting social criticism, opposition to totalitarianism, and outspoken support of democratic socialism. He is best-known for his dystopian social-commentary novel 1984 and his allegorical fairytale Animal Farm.

Hardcover: 144 pages
Publisher: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt (November 20, 1990)

The Prince

The Prince is a 16th-century political treatise by the Italian diplomat and political theorist Niccolò Machiavelli. From correspondence a version appears to have been distributed in 1513, using a Latin title, De Principatibus (About Principalities). However, the printed version was not published until 1532, five years after Machiavelli's death. This was done with the permission of the Medici pope Clement VII, but "long before then, in fact since the first appearance of the Prince in manuscript, controversy had swirled about his writings". Although it was written as if it were a traditional work in the mirrors for princes style, it is generally agreed that it was especially innovative. This is only partly because it was written in the vernacular Italian rather than Latin, a practice which had become increasingly popular since the publication of Dante's Divine Comedy and other works of Renaissance literature. The Prince is sometimes claimed to be one of the first works of modern philosophy, especially modern political philosophy, in which the effective truth is taken to be more important than any abstract ideal. It was also in direct conflict with the dominant Catholic and scholastic doctrines of the time concerning how to consider politics and ethics. Although it is relatively short, the treatise is the most remembered of Machiavelli's works and the one most responsible for bringing the word "Machiavellian" into usage as a pejorative. It also helped make "Old Nick" an English term for the devil, and even contributed to the modern negative connotations of the words "politics" and "politician" in western countries. In terms of subject matter it overlaps with the much longer Discourses on Livy, which was written a few years later. In its use of near-contemporary Italians as examples of people who perpetrated criminal deeds for politics, another lesser-known work by Machiavelli which The Prince has been compared to is the Life of Castruccio Castracani. The descriptions within The Prince have the general theme of accepting that the aims of princes—such as glory and survival—can justify the use of immoral means to achieve those ends. “ He who neglects what is done for what ought to be done, sooner effects his ruin than his preservation. ” —Machiavelli, "Chapter 15"

About the Author

Niccolò di Bernardo dei Machiavelli (3 May 1469 21 June 1527) was an Italian historian, politician, diplomat, philosopher, humanist and writer based in Florence during the Renaissance. He was for many years an official in the Florentine Republic, with responsibilities in diplomatic and military affairs. He was a founder of modern political science, and more specifically political ethics. He also wrote comedies, carnival songs, and poetry. His personal correspondence is renowned in the Italian language. He was Secretary to the Second Chancery of the Republic of Florence from 1498 to 1512, when the Medici were out of power. He wrote his masterpiece, The Prince, after the Medici had recovered power and he no longer held a position of responsibility in Florence.

Paperback: 82 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (November 22, 2017)

Theory and History: An Interpretation of Social and Economic Evaluation (Lib Works Ludwig Von Mises CL)

Ludwig von Mises was the leading exponent of the Austrian School of economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He has long been regarded as a most knowledgeable and respected economist, even though his teachings were generally outside the “mainstream.

Theory and History is primarily a critique of Karl Marx, his materialism, and his prediction of the inevitability of socialism. Marx attributes the creation of tools and machines, as well as the economic structure of society, to undefined “material productive forces; Mises rejects this materialistic view; he points out that tools and machines are actually created by individuals acting on the basis of non-materialistic ideas.

This book discusses the theory of economics, i.e., the study of purposive human action, and with history, the record of the past actions of individuals. All actions are determined by ideas. Thoughts and ideas are “real things, Mises writes. “Although intangible and immaterial, they are factors in bringing about changes in the realm, of tangible and material things. Rather than rejecting the study of historical change as a “useless pastime, Mises considers it of the utmost practical importance. “History looks backward into the past, but the lesson it teaches concerns things to come. History opens the mind to an understanding of human nature, increases wisdom, and distinguishes civilized man from the barbarian. Moreover, historical knowledge is of the utmost importance in helping to anticipate and plan for the future.

Though Theory and History may not be studied as often as other, more popular Mises works, it provides great insight into Mises s fundamental thoughts and is a fascinating exploration of human action.

Ludwig von Mises (1881–1973) was the leading spokesman of the Austrian School of Economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Bettina Bien Greaves is a former resident scholar, trustee, and longtime staff member of the Foundation for Economic Education. She has written and lectured extensively on topics of free market economics. Her articles have appeared in such journals as Human Events, Reason, and The Freeman: Ideas on Liberty. A student of Mises, Greaves has become an expert on his work in particular and that of the Austrian School of economics in general. She has translated several Mises monographs, compiled an annotated bibliography of his work, and edited collections of papers by Mises and other members of the Austrian School.

About the Author

Ludwig von Mises (1881-1973) earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Paperback: 281 pages
Publisher: Liberty Fund, Inc. (August 9, 2005)

Human Action: A Treatise on Economics

In the foreword to Human Action: A Treatise on Economics, Mises explains complex market phenomena as "the outcomes of countless conscious, purposive actions, choices, and preferences of individuals, each of whom was trying as best as he or she could under the circumstances to attain various wants and ends and to avoid undesired consequences." It is individual choices in response to personal subjective value judgments that ultimately determine market phenomena—supply and demand, prices, the pattern of production, and even profits and losses. Although governments may presume to set "prices," it is individuals who, by their actions and choices through competitive bidding for money, products, and services, actually determine "prices". Thus, Mises presents economics—not as a study of material goods, services, and products—but as a study of human actions. He sees the science of human action, praxeology, as a science of reason and logic, which recognizes a regularity in the sequence and interrelationships among market phenomena. Mises defends the methodology of praxeology against the criticisms of Marxists, socialists, positivists, and mathematical statisticians.

Mises attributes the tremendous technological progress and the consequent increase in wealth and general welfare in the last two centuries to the introduction of liberal government policies based on free-market economic teachings, creating an economic and political environment which permits individuals to pursue their respective goals in freedom and peace. Mises also explains the futility and counter-productiveness of government attempts to regulate, control, and equalize all people's circumstances: "Men are born unequal and ... it is precisely their inequality that generates social cooperation and civilization."

Ludwig von Mises (1881–1973) was the leading spokesman of the Austrian School of Economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Bettina Bien Greaves is a former resident scholar, trustee, and longtime staff member of the Foundation for Economic Education. She has written and lectured extensively on topics of free market economics. Her articles have appeared in such journals as Human Events, Reason, and The Freeman: Ideas on Liberty. A student of Mises, Greaves has become an expert on his work in particular and that of the Austrian School of economics in general. She has translated several Mises monographs, compiled an annotated bibliography of his work, and edited collections of papers by Mises and other members of the Austrian School.

Paperback: 908 pages
Publisher: Martino Fine Books (October 10, 2012)

Revisionist Viewpoints: Essays in a Dissident Historical Tradition

An outstanding American historian is at his brilliant, pro­vocative best in these essays on World War II war crimes, Allied terror bomb­ing, Fascism, the draft, the American mass media's wartime love affair with Stalin, America's postwar "defense" imperialism, and more. Important for anyone with a serious interest in twentieth century history.

Paperback: 248 pages
Publisher: Ralph Myles; 1st edition (1971)

Disclosure of corporate ownership: Prepared by the Subcommittees on Intergovernmental Relations and Budgeting, Management, and Expenditures of the ... Government Operations, United States Senate

Author: January 1, 1973, by United States. Congress. Senate. Committee on Government Operations. Subcommittee on Intergovernmental Relations

Paperback: 440 pages
Publisher: University of Michigan Library (January 1, 1973)

Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution

“Sutton comes to conclusions that are uncomfortable for many businessmen and economists. For this reason, his work tends to be either dismissed out of hand as ‘extreme’ or, more often, simply ignored.” ―Richard Pipes, Baird Professor Emeritus of History, Harvard University (from Survival Is Not Enough: Soviet Realities and America's Future)

Why did the 1917 American Red Cross Mission to Russia include more financiers than medical doctors? Rather than caring for the victims of war and revolution, its members seemed more intent on negotiating contracts with the Kerensky government and, subsequently, the Bolshevik regime.

In a courageous investigation, Antony Sutton establishes tangible historical links between Russian communists and US capitalists. Drawing on US state department files, personal papers of key Wall Street figures, biographies, and conventional histories, Sutton reveals:

• The role of Morgan banking executives in funneling illegal Bolshevik gold into the US.
• The co-option of the American Red Cross by powerful Wall Street forces.
• The intervention by Wall Street sources to free the Marxist revolutionary Leon Trotsky, whose aim was to topple the Russian government.
• The deals made by major corporations to capture the huge Russian market a decade and a half before the US recognized the Soviet regime.
• The secret sponsoring of Communism by leading businessmen, who publicly championed free enterprise.

Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution traces the foundations of Western funding of the Soviet Union. Dispassionately, and with overwhelming documentation, the author details a crucial phase in the establishment of Communist Russia.

This classic study―first published in 1974 and part of a key trilogy―is reproduced here in its original form. The other volumes in this trilogy are Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler and Wall Street and FDR.

About the Author

Antony C. Sutton (1925-2002) was born in London and educated at the universities of London, Gottingen and California. He was a Research Fellow at the Hoover Institution for War, Revolution, and Peace at Stanford, California, from 1968 to 1973, and later an Economics Professor at California State University, Los Angeles. He is the author of 25 books, including the major three-volume study Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development.

Paperback: 232 pages
Publisher: Clairview Books; Reprint edition (December 1, 2012)

Wall Street and FDR

Franklin D. Roosevelt is frequently described as one of the greatest presidents in American history, remembered for his leadership during the Great Depression and Second World War. Antony Sutton challenges this received wisdom, presenting a controversial but convincing analysis. Based on an extensive study of original documents, he concludes that: * FDR was an elitist who influenced public policy in order to benefit special interests, including his own. * FDR and his Wall Street colleagues were 'corporate socialists', who believed in making society work for their own benefit. * FDR believed in business but not free market economics. Sutton describes the genesis of 'corporate socialism' - acquiring monopolies by means of political influence - which he characterises as 'making society work for the few'. He traces the historical links of the Delano and Roosevelt families to Wall Street, as well as FDR's own political networks developed during his early career as a financial speculator and bond dealer.The New Deal almost destroyed free enterprise in America, but didn't adversely affect FDR's circle of old friends ensconced in select financial institutions and federal regulatory agencies. Together with their corporate allies, this elite group profited from the decrees and programmes generated by their old pal in the White House, whilst thousands of small businesses suffered and millions were unemployed. Wall Street and FDR is much more than a fascinating historical and political study. Many contemporary parallels can be drawn to Sutton's powerful presentation given the recent banking crises and worldwide governments' bolstering of private institutions via the public purse. This classic study - first published in 1975 as the conclusion of a key trilogy - is reproduced here in its original form. (The other volumes in the series are Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler and Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution.)

About the Author

ANTONY C. SUTTON, born in London in 1925, was educated at the universities of London, Gottingen and California. He was a Research Fellow at the Hoover Institution for War, Revolution and Peace at Stanford, California, from 1968 to 1973 and later an Economics Professor at California State University, Los Angeles. He is the author of 25 books, including the major three-volume study Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development. He died in 2002.

Paperback: 200 pages
Publisher: Clairview Books; New edition edition (January 1, 2014)

The Triumph of Conservatism

From the birth of Democracy in Athens, the true battle has been between the philosophy of Draco and the philosophy of Solon, philosophies of constancy and progression, respectively. In our time we call them Conservative and Liberal, and each sees the other as evil and a danger to Democracy. This book is a reinterpretation of the so-called "Progressive Era" under the presidencies of Teddy Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson, with the relatively draconian presidency of William Taft in between.

Paperback: 356 pages
Publisher: Free Press; unknown edition (March 1, 1977)

The Wall Street Gang

This book offers investors an inquiry into the squeeze play of Wall Street wheeler-dealers and also provides them with an approach to the market that shows them how to time their investment decisions to coincide with those of the exchange insider. From beginning to end, The Wall Street Gang reads like a suspense story as the author shows how the great wealth and power of the New York Stock Exchange depend on the ignorance and confusion of the investing public. With penetrating insight, he analyzes the basic problems posed to investors by a financial system that is able to manipulate and control investors, stock prices, the media, politicians, and the executive suite of every major corporation in America. In documenting the failure of the SEC and Interstate Commerce Commission to regulate and the complicity between the government and Wall Street insiders, he uses charts and tables that are informative and more illuminating than similar charts that appear in daily papers because of the lucid explanations that accompany them. Case histories enable the investor to recognize the symptoms of fraud and prepare to take action if necessary. In another section of the book, he informs investors of their recourse to the courts as vehicles for the recovery of damages when stockbrokers violate the securities laws.

Hardcover: 284 pages
Publisher: Praeger Publishers, Inc.; 1st edition (May 1974)

The Rich and the Super-Rich: A Study in the Power of Money Today

In the late 1930s bombshell of a book appeared which told the story of the lords of wealth and their glittering clans. It was called AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. It rocked the nation and became a classic.

Lundberg showed how America was ruled by a plutocracy of inherited wealth, even under the New Deal. At the time he could only provide a sampling of the economic and political patterns of those families, which, for one reason or another, had come under public scrutiny. In addition to the Sixty Families he dealt with in depth, he was able to outline the probable holdings of a few hundred other families.

The author, in writing THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH, had at his disposal infinitely richer data, monographs, Congressional investigations than were available three decades ago. They have made it possible for him to give us a book which is much more than a mere updating of AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. It is, rather, a systematic study of the entire wealthy class and its familial structure. (In one important aspect it resembles AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES: It is written for the layman to awaken the reader to the real and little-known situation.) Original publication was delayed to update John Paul Getty's most current wealth.

These families have all the old levers of power and pelf plus a whole host of new ones created for them during the intervening decades by the politicians, lawyers and judges who serve them. Although published in 1968 and rocketed to the top of the bestseller list, the wealth managed by these families remains a significant force in today’s economy and should not be underestimated.

Ferdinand Lundberg’s IMPERIAL HEARST was the basis for the screenplay CITIZEN KANE. Other bestsellers include MODERN WOMEN: THE LOST SEX (in collaboration) and the book for which he is most noted, AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. This book was embraced by New Deal leaders and helped to shape the destiny of the Roosevelt Administration in its early years.

During World War II, Lundberg was an economist with the War Production Board and the War Shipping Administration. After the war, he served the Twentieth Century Fund as editor and began teaching—first at Finch College, New York, and then as Adjunct Professor of Social Philosophy at New York University. He took leave in 1965 to devote all his time to writing THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH, published in 1968. It became the number one bestselling book in the United States. It was translated and published in eight other countries and became number one in Germany for many months.

Mr. Lundberg completed his formal education at Columbia University, where he was awarded the B.Sc. and M.A.

Hardcover: 812 pages
Publisher: Lyle Stuart; 1st edition (June 1, 1968)

America's 60 Families

Originally published in 1937, this early work on American politics is both expensive and hard to find in its first edition. It details the history of industrial trusts, finance, business and the federal government during the early twentieth century. This is a fascinating work and thoroughly recommended for anyone interested in American history. Many of the earliest books, particularly those dating back to the 1900s and before, are now extremely scarce. We are republishing these classic works in affordable, high quality, modern editions, using the original text and artwork.

Hardcover: 566 pages
Publisher: Lundberg Press (November 4, 2008)

Who Rules America?

Drawing from a power elite perspective and the latest empirical data, Domhoff’s classic text is an invaluable tool for teaching students about how power operates in U.S. society. Domhoff argues that the owners and top-level managers in large income-producing properties are far and away the dominant figures in the U.S. Their corporations, banks, and agribusinesses come together as a corporate community that dominates the federal government in Washington and their real estate, construction, and land development companies form growth coalitions that dominate most local governments. By providing empirical evidence for his argument, Domhoff encourages students to think critically about the power structure in American society and its implications for our democracy.

Paperback: 184 pages
Publisher: Prentice Hall; 1st edition (December 1967)

< The Higher Circles: The Governing Class in America

Contents:

• Social indicators and social institutions of the upper class.
• The feminine half of the upper class.
• The jet set, celebrities, and the upper class.
• Cohesion and consciousness: is there an American upper class?
• How the power elite make foreign policy.
• How the power elite shape social legislation.
• The power elite, the CIA, and the struggle for minds.
• Dan Smott, Phyllis Schlafly, Reverend McBirnie, and me.
• Where a pluralist goes wrong.

Hardcover: 367 pages
Publisher: Random House; 1st edition (1970)

The Money Lords: The Great Finance Capitalists 1925-1950

After the Robber Barons came the new kings of capitalism.

Hardcover: 374 pages
Publisher: Weybright and Talley (1972)

The Robber Barons

Rockefeller, Morgan, Vanderbilt, Carnegie, Harriman, Gould, Frick ... this is the story of the giant American capitalists who seized economic power after the Civil War and altered the shape of American life forever.

Paperback: 474 pages
Publisher: Mariner Books (January 24, 1962)

The Plot to Seize the White House: The Shocking True Story of the Conspiracy to Overthrow FDR

Most people will be shocked to learn that in 1933 a cabal of wealthy industrialists—in league with groups like the K.K.K. and the American Liberty League—planned to overthrow the U.S. government in a fascist coup. Their plan was to turn discontented veterans into American “brown shirts,” depose F.D.R., and stop the New Deal. They clandestinely asked Medal of Honor recipient and Marine Major General Smedley Darlington Butler to become the first American Caesar. He, though, was a true patriot and revealed the plot to journalists and to Congress. In a time when a sitting President has invoked national security to circumvent constitutional checks and balances, this episode puts the spotlight on attacks upon our democracy and the individual courage needed to repel them.

About the Author

Jules Archer served four years during World War II in the Pacific with the Army Air Corps. He wrote many books on political events and personalities, including "The Dictators"; " Hawks, Doves and the Eagle"; and "The Extremists." He lived in New York until his passing.

Anne Cipriano Venzon (Introduction): Anne Cipriano Venzon is the author of " General Smedley Darlington Butler."

Paperback: 256 pages
Publisher: Skyhorse Publishing; First Edition, 2nd Printing edition (March 1, 2007)

David: Report on a Rockefeller

David Report on a Rockefeller by William Hoffman

Hardcover: 192 pages
Publisher: Lyle Stuart, Inc. (December 1971)

The Incredible Rocky Vs the Power of the People!

Oversized Underground exposing the dark side of America' richest family.

Comic: 49 pages
Publisher: North American Congress on Latin America (January 1, 1975)

History of the Great American Fortunes: Volume I

In writing this work my aim has been to give the exact facts as far as the available material allows. Necessarily it is impossible, from the very nature of the case, to obtain all the facts. It is obvious that in both past and present times the chief beneficiaries of our social and industrial system have found it to their interest to represent their accumulations as the rewards of industry and ability, and have likewise had the strongest motives for concealing the circumstances of all those complex and devious methods which have been used in building up great fortunes. In this they have been assisted by a society so constituted that the means by which these great fortunes have been amassed have been generally lauded as legitimate and exemplary.

The possessors of towering fortunes have hitherto been described in two ways. On the one hand, they have been held up as marvels of success, as preëminent examples of thrift, enterprise and extraordinary ability. More recently, however, the tendency in certain quarters has been diametrically the opposite. This latter class of writers, intent upon pandering to a supposed popular appetite for sensation, pile exposure upon exposure, and hold up the objects of their diatribes as monsters of commercial and political crime. Neither of these classes has sought to establish definitely the relation of the great fortunes to the social and industrial system which has propagated them. Consequently, these superficial effusions and tirades—based upon a lack of understanding of the propelling forces of society—have little value other than as reflections of a certain aimless and disordered spirit of the times. With all their volumes of print, they leave us in possession of a scattered array of assertions, bearing some resemblance to facts, which, however, fail to be facts inasmuch as they are either distorted to take shape as fulsome eulogies or as wild, meaningless onslaughts.

They give no explanation of the fundamental laws and movements of the present system, which have resulted in these vast fortunes; nor is there the least glimmering of a scientific interpretation of a succession of states and tendencies from which these men of great wealth have emerged. With an entire absence of comprehension, they portray our multimillionaires as a phenomenal group whose sudden rise to their sinister and overshadowing position is a matter of wonder and surprise. They do not seem to realize for a moment—what is clear to every real student of economics—that the great fortunes are the natural, logical outcome of a system based upon factors the inevitable result of which is the utter despoilment of the many for the benefit of a few.

About the Author

GUSTAVUS MYERS, 1872 - 1942, was a the pioneering historian who wrote ten major works during his life.

Paperback: 114 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (September 30, 2014)

National Suicide: Military Aid to the Soviet Union

You may read this book and think the author "dreamed a dream that could not be." For Antony Sutton, research fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University, proves that there is no such thing as Soviet technology, only American and allied technology on Soviet soil. Technology that maimed and killed American boys in Korea and Vietnam.

Bridge building to Communist Russia is nothing new. It started early in 1918. With mountains of documentation Mr. Sutton shows that 90 to 95 percent of Soviet technology since 1918 has come from America and its allies . . . that we've built for, or sold, or traded, or given outright to the Communists everything from copper wiring and motor vehicles to combat tanks, missile equipment and computers . . . that we are today giving equipment to build the world 's largest heavy­ truck plant (output: 100,000 ten-ton trucks per year - more than all U.S. manufacturers produce in a year) . . . that "peaceful trade" is a myth . . . that to the Soviets all goods are strategic. All this, to create and maintain an enemy that we annually spend $80 billion to defend against.

National Suicide, researched for over ten years, mentions scores of products passed on to the Soviets (down to the design specifications, in some cases). It fearlessly names the guilty manufacturers and politicians - right up to Presidents of the United States.

The government won't like this book. It blows the lid off information that has been kept from the public till now. But Americans weary of no-win wars and taxpayers repelled at subsidizing our enemy will hail this scholarly, gutsy volume.

Hardcover: 283 pages
Publisher: Arlington House; 1st edition (1973)

Lindbergh On the Federal Reserve (The Economic Pinch)

1968: by Charles A. Lindbergh- The key to all the good things is the mind, so open your mind and begin to think.

Paperback: 249 pages
Publisher: Noontide Press; New edition edition (December 1968)

Collective Speeches of Congressman Louis T. McFadden; Federal Reserve Exposed

Speeches from famous, patriotic, uncorruptible US politician.

Paperback: ? pages
Publisher: Omni Publications; 3rd First publisher in 1970 edition (2005)

< The Federal Reserve Bank

No details

Paperback: 256 pages
Publisher: Noontide Press; Revised Printing edition (1968)

None Dare Call It Conspiracy

This book is a primer for anyone who wishes to understand the basic workings of the global network of Insiders that is determined to wield power over all of mankind in the coming New World Order. The Special Edition is updated with illustrations and charts for 2013. Introduction by U.S. Congressman John G. Schmitz: The story you are about to read is true. The names have not been changed to protect the guilty. This book may have the effect of changing your life. After reading this book, you will never look at national and world events in the same way again. None Dare Call It Conspiracy will be a very controversial book. At first it will receive little publicity and those whose plans are exposed in it will try to kill it by the silent treatment. For reasons that become obvious as you read this book, it will not be reviewed in all the "proper" places or be available on your local book stand. However, there is nothing these people can do to stop a grass roots book distributing system. Eventually it will be necessary for the people and organizations named in this book to try to blunt its effect by attacking it or the author. They have a tremendous vested interest in keeping you from discovering what they are doing. And they have the big guns of the mass media at their disposal to fire the barrages at None Dare Call It Conspiracy. By sheer volume, the "experts" will try to ridicule you out of investigating for yourself as to whether or not the information in this book is true They will ignore the fact that the author about to conjecture. They will find a typographical error or ague some point that is open to debate. If necessary they will lie in order to protect themselves by smearing this book. I believe those who pooh-pooh the information herein because psychologically many people would prefer to believe we are because we all like to ignore bad news. We do so at our own peril.

Paperback: 160 pages
Publisher: Dauphin Publications; Special edition (January 30, 2013)

Richard Nixon the Man Behind the Mask

No Details

Paperback: 433 pages
Publisher: Western Islands (June 1, 1971)

The Rockefeller File - Secret

The super rich in America enjoy power and prerogatives un-imaginable to most of us. Who can conceive of owning a private empire that includes 100 homes, 2,500 servants, untold thousands of luxuries, and untold millions of dollars? America has a royal family of finance that has known such riches for generations. It is, of course, the Rockefellers. But if the Rockefellers were content with their wealth, if their riches had satisfied their desires, this book would not have been written. And I would not be urging you to read it. Money alone is not enough to quench the thirst and lusts of the super-rich. Instead, many of them use their vast wealth, and the influence such riches give them, to achieve even more power. Power of a magnitude never dreamed of by the tyrants and despots of earlier ages. Power on a world wide scale. Power over people, not just products...

Paperback: 194 pages
Publisher: 76 Press (1976)

The Invisible Government

Dan Smoot's "Invisble Government" sold about 1 million copies through self-publishing alone, but it did not appear on the New York Times "Best Sellers List" of 1962. Essentially it is a book dealing with organization called The Council on Foreign Relations founded by Edward Mandel House, one of the Dullers brothers and others devoted to bringing "socialism as dreamed of by Karl Marx.", to quote House, to this country. The writing is dry but effective. Had he lived, Senator Joseph McCarthy might have written this book himself since the Council is one of groups that he was getting into his sights before Eisenhower stopped him. What Dan Smoot revealed is how ITC control of the national medias is so pervasive that true and vital news seldom gets to the populace at large. Smoot's anaylsis of it's goals bear close attention for those who are interested in answering befuddling questions about U.S. foreign and domestic policies. Over twenty six years later "The Shadows of Power" by James Perloff, brought the CFR up to date, and the report on how this subversive organization has not been dealt with is not good! From what one may gather after reading "The Invisible Government" is how many lives have been ruined or lost in order to fulfill the dreams of a few determined to create a "New World Order". If you think this is only the stuff of Ian Flemming or H.G. Wells, Smoot's book goes a long way to prove otherwise.

About the Author

Dan Smoot (1913-2003) was an FBI agent and a conservative political activist. From the 1950s to 1971 , he published The Dan Smoot Report, which chronicled alleged communist infiltration in various sectors of American government and society. In 1970 , he opposed the selection of a future U.S. president, George Herbert Walker Bush, as the Republican nominee for the U.S. Senate from Texas. He claimed that Bush's political philosophy was little different from the Democrats that he sought to oppose. Bush lost the Senate election that year to popular Democrat Lloyd M. Bentsen, Jr. In 1972 , Smoot opposed the reelection of Richard M. Nixon and served as campaign manager for American Independent Party presidential candidate John G. Schmitz of California.

Paperback: 176 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (December 31, 2013)

Naked Capitalist

In "The Naked Capitalist" , Dr. Skousen reviews the book "Tragedy and Hope" by Carroll Quigley. It reveals how some of the richest people in the world have supported communism and socialism. Why would they support what appears to be the pathway to their own destruction? Dr. Quigley has been associated with many of these dynastic families of the super-rich. Dr. Skousen therefore writes as an authority on the world's secret power structure. His answers to the above question will astonish you.

About the Author

W. Cleon Skousen is best remembered as a popular author, speaker and teacher who lectured in every state and province in North America, and in more than 60 countries world-wide. He was a student of history and a scholar of law, specializing in the principles of Freedom, the U.S. Constitution, economics, and ancient history and scriptures.

He was invited to write a new constitution for Canada and the proposed United States of Latin America, and he published a model constitution that could be adopted by nations everywhere. He served in the FBI for 16 years, four years as Chief of Police in Salt Lake City, and ten years as a university professor. He was a prolific writer and produced three national best sellers, The Naked Communist, The Naked Capitalist, and The Five Thousand Year Leap. Eight of his books were used as college texts, and several were translated and published in other countries.

Dr. Skousen was born in Canada, and returned to the U.S. with his family at age ten. He spent two years in Mexico, two years in England, graduated from San Bernardino College in California, and received his juris doctor degree from George Washington University Law School. He was admitted to practice law in the District of Columbia and before the District Court of Appeals and the U.S. Supreme Court.

His seminars on the Constitution have been taught to several million across the U.S., and among his students were dozens of U.S. Senators and Representatives, two Supreme Court justices, and several candidates for President. He believed knowledge and understanding were key to maintaining a free country, and spent his entire adult life opening up complex issues for deeper understanding by students and audiences all around the world.

Dr. Skousen and his wife, Jewel Pitcher of San Bernardino, California, are the parents of eight children, 50 grandchildren, and more than 120 great-grandchildren.

Paperback: 144 pages
Publisher: Reviewer; Later Printing edition (January 1, 1993)

Captain and the Kings

New York Times Bestseller: Sweeping from the 1850s through the early 1920s, this towering family saga examines the price of ambition and power.

Joseph Francis Xavier Armagh is twelve years old when he gets his first glimpse of the promised land of America through a dirty porthole in steerage on an Irish immigrant ship. His long voyage, dogged by tragedy, ends not in the great city of New York but in the bigoted, small town of Winfield, Pennsylvania, where his younger brother, Sean, and his infant sister, Regina, are sent to an orphanage. Joseph toils at whatever work will pay a living wage and plans for the day he can take his siblings away from St. Agnes’s Orphanage and make a home for them all.

Joseph’s journey will catapult him to the highest echelons of power and grant him entry into the most elite political circles. Even as misfortune continues to follow the Armagh family like an ancient curse, Joseph takes his revenge against the uncaring world that once took everything from him. He orchestrates his eldest son Rory’s political ascent from the offspring of an Irish immigrant to US senator. And Joseph will settle for nothing less than the pinnacle of glory: seeing his boy crowned the first Catholic president of the United States.

Spanning seventy years, Captains and the Kings, which was adapted into an eight-part television miniseries, is Taylor Caldwell’s masterpiece about nineteenth- and early twentieth-century America, and the grit, ambition, fortitude, and sheer hubris it takes for an immigrant to survive and thrive in a dynamic new land.

About the Author

Taylor Caldwell (1900–1985) was one of the most prolific and widely read authors of the twentieth century. Born Janet Miriam Holland Taylor Caldwell in Manchester, England, she moved with her family to Buffalo, New York, in 1907. She started writing stories when she was eight years old and completed her first novel when she was twelve. Married at age eighteen, Caldwell worked as a stenographer and court reporter to help support her family and took college courses at night, earning a bachelor of arts degree from the University of Buffalo in 1931. She adopted the pen name Taylor Caldwell because legendary editor Maxwell Perkins thought her debut novel, Dynasty of Death (1938), would be better received if readers assumed it were written by a man. In a career that spanned five decades, Caldwell published forty novels, many of which were New York Times bestsellers. Her best-known works include the historical sagas The Sound of Thunder (1957), Testimony of Two Men (1968), Captains and the Kings (1972), and Ceremony of the Innocent (1976), and the spiritually themed novels The Listener (1960) and No One Hears But Him (1966). Dear and Glorious Physician (1958), a portrayal of the life of St. Luke, and Great Lion of God (1970), about the life of St. Paul, are among the bestselling religious novels of all time. Caldwell’s last novel, Answer as a Man (1981), hit the New York Times bestseller list before its official publication date. She died at her home in Greenwich, Connecticut, in 1985.

Hardcover: 756 pages
Publisher: Doubleday & Co; First Edition, First Printing edition (1972)

Proofs of a Conspiracy

This anthology is a thorough introduction to classic literature for those who have not yet experienced these literary masterworks. For those who have known and loved these works in the past, this is an invitation to reunite with old friends in a fresh new format. From Shakespeare s finesse to Oscar Wilde s wit, this unique collection brings together works as diverse and influential as The Pilgrim s Progress and Othello. As an anthology that invites readers to immerse themselves in the masterpieces of the literary giants, it is must-have addition to any library.

About the Author

John Robison has been certified by the American Canoe Association in coastal kayak, whitewater kayak, and whitewater canoe instruction and has paddled extensively around the world. --This text refers to an alternate Paperback edition.

Paperback: 194 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (April 23, 2012)

Secret Societies & Subversive Movements

This work has been selected by scholars as being culturally important, and is part of the knowledge base of civilization as we know it. This work was reproduced from the original artifact, and remains as true to the original work as possible. Therefore, you will see the original copyright references, library stamps (as most of these works have been housed in our most important libraries around the world), and other notations in the work.

This work is in the public domain in the United States of America, and possibly other nations. Within the United States, you may freely copy and distribute this work, as no entity (individual or corporate) has a copyright on the body of the work.

As a reproduction of a historical artifact, this work may contain missing or blurred pages, poor pictures, errant marks, etc. Scholars believe, and we concur, that this work is important enough to be preserved, reproduced, and made generally available to the public. We appreciate your support of the preservation process, and thank you for being an important part of keeping this knowledge alive and relevant.

About the Author

Nesta Helen Webster (Mrs. Arthur Webster), (24 August 1876 – 16 May 1960) was a controversial author who revived conspiracy theories about the Illuminati. She argued that the secret society's members were occultists, plotting communist world domination, using the idea of a Jewish cabal,[citation needed] the Masons and Jesuits as a smokescreen. According to her, their international subversion included the French Revolution, 1848 Revolution, the First World War, and the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917. In 1920, Webster was one of the contributing authors who wrote The Jewish Peril, a series of articles in the London Morning Post centred on the Protocols of the Elders of Zion. These articles were subsequently compiled and published in the same year in book form under the title of The Cause of World Unrest. Webster claimed that the authenticity of the Protocols of the Elders of Zion was an "open question" --This text refers to an alternate Paperback edition.

Paperback: 432 pages
Publisher: EWorld Inc. (October 31, 2014)

The Truth About The Slump: What The News Never Tells

This book tells the story of who caused the slump and how they caused it, and it directs attention to two simple steps that can be taken to save our farmers and traders. No greater mistake can be made than to suppose that the present slump in commodity prices is due to blind economic forces. The depression from which we now suffer is due to an artificially induced variation in the purchasing power of money. In these pages will be found ample evidence in support of this statement. The quarter from which the trouble is coming is indicated, and the amazing manner in which the machinery for monetary control of the world was established is traced out. The story of the slump is essentially a story of men and their motives. Some of those motives, such as declarations of hostility to the British Empire, and action inimical to it, are matters of open public record : others are a matter of speculation. The facts set out rest upon unimpeachable authority, and the sources are given throughout. Any reader who has access to a large library can verify them all for himself, and by a little research would doubtless uncover much additional matter supplementing and confirming what the present author has assembled. Nevertheless, one may search in vain through the newspaper press, through the utterances of public men, through practically the whole current literature of today, for any reference to these central, pivotal facts governing the whole world price level and the financial and economic situation today. Why this silence? The answer is that the most potent forces in the world today are forces that do not work in the open. They could not work in the open : for if they did mankind would not for one instant tolerate their continuance. It is essential for the success of their plans that the people of the world should be unaware of the chains that have been made to enmesh them. A small number of persons in different countries have shown by their utterances that they are well aware of what is taking place - or, rather, has been taking placefor the chain of events extends back over a long period of time. Three-quarters of a century ago Disraeli told Britain's House of Commons that "the world is governed by very different persons from what is imagined by those who are not behind the scenes." In a recent interview, General Ludendorff, chief of the German General Staff through the war, declared that the world today is ruled by "secret supra-national powers," "the same diabolically clever wire-pullers that brought about the last cataclysm." In the London "National Review" six years ago Mr. Arthur Kitson wrote about "Our Invisible Rulers," and in other articles has expounded this same theme. In giving evidence before a United States Congressional committee in 1926, Mr. Western Starr, head of the United States Farmer-Labour Party, declared that unless a certain group of men, whom he referred to as "these old men of the sea," had their power curbed the world would be plunged into another war, compared with which the last war would be "like a Fourth of July picnic.' ' More cryptically, but none the less significantly, Sir Josiah Stamp, one of Britain's foremost business men and economists, has expressed the opinion-remarkable as coming from a director of the Bank of England-that money, after having brought civilisation to its present level, may well "actually destroy society." When the reader has digested the facts herein assembled this statement may fall less incredibly on his ear. It is impossible to maintain our country in a state of security unless we face the facts and conform to reality. Our national peril is that we are ignoring all the vital facts of the situation. Our enemies are none the less real because their ways are hidden ways. But they are a thousand times more insidious. What the war failed to do they seek, to accomplish, and their ambition is to shatter in bankruptcy and ruin the once-splendid fabric of the British Empire. A. N. FIELD. Okiwi Bay, Croixelles. February, 1931. ...

Paperback: 210 pages
Publisher: A. N. Field; First Edition edition (1931)

The Untold History: How the British East India Company's "Pre-Fabian" philosophical radicals set up Capitalism and its antithesis Communisim

No details available

Unknown Binding: 290 pages
Publisher: The Committee for the Restoration of the Republic (1954)

Karl Marx, Capitalist

For over a century, Marxism and Communism have been loudly proclaimed as the only means of eliminating poverty, exploitation, and human misery. Yet, wherever Communism has been established, the exact opposite has happened. Rather than generating prosperity, it breeds economic paralysis, exploitation, poverty and human misery. For years Americans have been told that the goal of our foreign policy is to fight Communism. Untold billions have been spent on foreign aid and almost perpetual wars have been fought in pursuance of these doctrines. Yet the Socialist-Communist countries continue to expand their empires and boastfully proclaim their intention of overthrowing Capitalism and "burying us." But, if Capitalism is overthrown, we will have Communism (or Socialism), which is what we have been fighting all the time. Or have we? Clearly our attempts to "stop Communism" over the past twenty-five years have been either a total failure or a smashing success, depending on one'[s point of view. Even on a random chance basis, the United States would have been right approximately fifty percent of the time. Since our nation has been almost "perpetually wrong," it should now be obvious that the real purposes behind our seemingly disastrous domestic and foreign policies are being concealed, and the frenzied collectivization of our nation is part of a deliberately calculated plan. The forces behind today's tragic events are far different than many would suppose. When the truth is finally revealed, we will find that Communism is merely one link in a much larger movement which embraces total world domination as its ultimate aim. Powerful forces have been working toward this end for centuries, and they now feel that their goal is in sight.... Whether or not these champions of evil succeed will depend on how an alerted America reacts when the truth of the magnitude of this betrayal is ... our nation to the brink of economic moral and military disaster. --- excerpts from Introduction

Paperback: 126 pages
Publisher: Enterprise Publications (1972)

Rockefeller "Internationalist": The Man Who Misrules The World

The Anomalies Network is proud to present another conspiracy book lost to the mists of time. For our current selection we have chosen to release Rockefeller "Industrialist" : The Man Who Misrules the World from our public domain archive. In this pioneering work, Emanuel Joesephson exposes Rockefeller's schemes in finance, education, medicine, social work, philanthropy, foreign and domestic policy. He also relates with extreme detail, though documentation and researched accounts nefarious scams engineered by Rockefeller including his links with the infamous German chemical cartel I.G. Farbin and Rockefeller's own support not only of Hitler but also the Soviet Union. You also gain a keen insight Into one of the true architects of the New World Order as we know it today. Now back in print for the first time in 50 years, Rockefeller "Industrialist" : The Man Who Misrules the World.

Paperback: 442 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (July 4, 2008)

The Creature from Jekyll Island

Review

G. Edward Griffin is to be commended for this splendid work. At first glance The Creature from Jekyll Island is a huge book. While this may be daunting to some, once the book is actually started, it flows smoothly and reads quickly. There are so many fascinating tidbits of information here that the reader won't even be concerned about the size of the book. The title refers to the formation of the Federal Reserve System, which occurred at a secret meeting at Jekyll Island, Georgia in 1910. It was at this meeting, as Griffin relates, that the "Money Trust", composed of the richest and most powerful bankers in the world, along with a U.S. Senator, wrote the proposal to launch the Federal Reserve System (which Griffin calls a banking cartel) to control the financial system so that the bankers will always come out on top. The biggest problem in modern banking, according to Griffin, is and has always been the creation of fiat money. Fiat money is money that is "declared" money by the government. It is not backed by anything but promises and deceit. All societies were sound financially when they used gold or silver to back their currency. When the bankers finally get their way and install fiat money, the result is inflation and boom and bust cycles. Griffin gives numerous examples of this, such as repeated failures by American colonies and European states in using fiat money. The purpose of fiat money is so that the government can spend more then they take in through taxes. Without writing reams on this book, it is sufficient to say that this is a must read for anyone who is interested in learning how the money system operates. Griffin gives comprehensive accounts of how the Fed creates money, and how this affects everyday life. I would have to say these sections are better than Murray Rothbard's book, The Case Against the Fed, because Griffin gives himself more room for explanation. Griffin does believe in the conspiratorial view of history, and he believes that the bankers are working in concert with such groups as the Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission to bring about a socialist-world system in which an elite composed of intellectuals and bankers will rule over the entire planet. Griffin even spends a chapter outlining how this system could come about, and the consequent results of this socialist system. These chapters are a bit unsettling, but even if you aren't interested in this worldview, you can still learn much about the economy from this book. Recommended --By Jeffrey Leach on July 29, 2001

This book, while slightly marred by the occasional conspiracy theory, is a great account of one of the most important real life conspiracies of our time. It is well researched with plenty of footnotes for anyone who wants to look more deeply. It tells the real story of how bankers have lured politicians with easy money and ended up in control of most of the world. Whether or not they can keep up our (or rather, their) sleight-of-hand monetary system forever, the important thing is the power these bankers wield that should not be theirs. This book should be required reading. And by all means do your own research. Topics covered: founding of the Federal Reserve, war mongering, bail-outs, boom-bust cycles, the J.P.Morgans and Rothschilds of the world, the history of central banking in the United States, and most fascinating: how the money system really works in this country. Despite its lack of perfection, this book is by far the most relevant and interesting thing I have read about economics in a long time. It is written in terms that anyone can understand, which will immediately rule out the kind of reader who is impressed by a lot of technical jargon that supposedly demonstrates an author's mastery of the subject while only serving to confuse laymen (and experts too). --By A Customer on October 30, 1999

This book, while slightly marred by the occasional conspiracy theory, is a great account of one of the most important real life conspiracies of our time. It is well researched with plenty of footnotes for anyone who wants to look more deeply. It tells the real story of how bankers have lured politicians with easy money and ended up in control of most of the world. Whether or not they can keep up our (or rather, their) sleight-of-hand monetary system forever, the important thing is the power these bankers wield that should not be theirs. This book should be required reading. And by all means do your own research. Topics covered: founding of the Federal Reserve, war mongering, bail-outs, boom-bust cycles, the J.P.Morgans and Rothschilds of the world, the history of central banking in the United States, and most fascinating: how the money system really works in this country. Despite its lack of perfection, this book is by far the most relevant and interesting thing I have read about economics in a long time. It is written in terms that anyone can understand, which will immediately rule out the kind of reader who is impressed by a lot of technical jargon that supposedly demonstrates an author's mastery of the subject while only serving to confuse laymen (and experts too). --By A Customer on October 30, 1999

About the Author

Mr. Griffin is a graduate of the University of Michigan, where he majored in speech and communications. He is a recipient of the Telly Award for excellence in television production. He is the founder of the Cancer Cure Foundation and has served on the board of directors of the National Health Federation and the International Association of Cancer Victims and Friends. He is a Contributing Editor for The New American magazine, president of American Media and founder of the Reality Zone.

Paperback: 608 pages
Publisher: American Media; 5th edition (September 11, 2010)

The Reign of the House of Rothschild

This volume carries on the history of the House of Rothschild as revealed by the relevant documents from 1830 up to the peace that concluded the Franco-Prussian War in 1871. In the writing of this volume, the Rothschild families have brought no influence of any kind to bear; the author's aim has been to portray without prejudice or partiality the tremendous part that the House played in the events of the nineteenth century. Original documents and letters that had been intercepted have occasionally afforded particularly illuminating revelations; although, in the case of extracts from some of the letters, it is necessary to bear in mind that the originals were probably carefully altered by the Rothschilds themselves, with the deliberate intention of making upon persons like Metternich a definite impression such as would assist them in carrying out their plans. Seen in this light they are no less instructive and characteristic of the methods of the House than the more ingenuous documents that undoubtedly constitute a large proportion of those used in this work.

The epilogue which appears at the end of the book makes no claim to continue the treatment of the subject on the same lines; it merely attempts to bring out one or two of the more striking moves executed by the House of Rothschild on the political chessboard during the sixty years leading up to the present day, moves which show how the House, in spite of growing difficulties, vanishing influence, and the powerful competition of younger and richer firms, has endeavored until the most recent times to maintain its position, to influence international policies, and although with diminishing success, to drive them along the path which corresponded to the interests of the bank.

Hardcover: 457 pages
Publisher: Cosmopolitan book corporation; First Edition edition (1928)

The Ego and His Own: The Case of the Individual Against Authority (Dover Books on Western Philosophy)

Credited with influencing the philosophies of Nietzsche and Ayn Rand and the development of libertarianism and existentialism, this prophetic 1844 work challenges the very notion of a common good as the driving force of civilization. By examining the role of the human ego, author Max Stirner chronicles the battle of the individual against the collective — showing how, throughout history, the latter invariably leads to oppression. Stirner begins with a study of the individual ego and then traces its subjugation from ancient times to the nineteenth century. Nothing escapes his indictment: the ancient philosophers, Christianity, monarchism, the bourgeois state; all have fettered individuals with laws, morality, and obligations. Revolutions expunge one evil only to replace it with another, and Stirner predicted — years before the publication of Marx's Manifesto — that socialism would climax in the ultimate totalitarian state.

For students of political science and philosophy, this book is essential reading. For those concerned about the encroachment of authority upon individual liberty, Stirner articulates a philosophy that remains unsurpassed in its scope.

Paperback: 400 pages
Publisher: Dover Publications (December 16, 2005)

The Social Contract: A Personal Inquiry into the Evolutionary Sources of Order and Disorder (Robert Ardrey's Nature of Man Series) (Volume 3)

“Violation of biological command has been the failure of social man. Vertebrates though we may be, we have ignored the law of equal opportunity since civilization’s earliest hours. Sexually reproducing beings though we are, we pretend today that the law of inequality does not exist. And enlightened though we may be, while we pursue the unattainable we make impossible the realizable.” In his two previous books, Robert Ardrey exploded a series of philosophical landmines. African Genesis (1961) introduced his new evolutionary approach to an understanding of men. Then came The Territorial Imperative (1966), whose title is now a common phrase in our language. The Social Contract is the third in the series, and it denies that men are created equal - but that they deserve absolute equality of opportunity. Robert Ardrey maintains that since the publication of Rousseau’s Social Contract two centuries ago, men have wasted social resources, converted much of education into a process of brain-washing, committed themselves to one political insane asylum after another, all in pursuit of a goal that is a natural impossibility in any sexually reproducing species. Discarding the myth, Robert Ardrey combines his wealth of knowledge of animal ways with the new insights of modern biology and the newest revelations concerning human evolution to probe perplexing contemporary problems: the revolt of the young, the status struggle and the role of leadership, population control, urban overcrowding, violence in civilized life. Praise for the 1970 edition: “Robert Ardrey’s The Social Contract is as imaginative and exciting as his African Genesis or The Territorial Imperative, but this new book is broader in scope, better balanced, and more philosophical than its predecessors. I disagree with some of Ardrey’s opinions concerning human aggression, because I have greater faith than he has in the power of environmental conditioning. But this does not affect my conviction that The Social Contract will be of immense value in helping the public to probe into the dark and misty areas where zoology, anthropology, and prehistory join to account for the origins of man as a social animal.” - Rene Dubos, Rockefeller University

Paperback: 322 pages
Publisher: StoryDesign LTD (September 9, 2014)

Beyond Good & Evil: Prelude to a Philosophy of the Future

Represents Nietzsche's attempt to sum up his philosophy. In nine parts the book is designed to give the reader a comprehensive idea of Nietzsche's thought and style: they span "The Prejudices of Philsophers," "The Free Spirit," religion, morals, scholarship, "Our Virtues," "Peoples and Fatherlands," and "What Is Noble," as well as epigrams and a concluding poem. Beyond Good and Evil is one of the most remarkable and influential books of the nineteenth century.

This translation by Walter Kaufmann has become the standard one, for accuracy and fidelity to the eccentricities and grace of the style of the original. The translation is based on the only edition Nietzsche himself published, and all variant reading in later editions. This volume offers an inclusive index of subjects and persons, as well as a running footnote commentary on the text.

From the Inside Flap

Represents Nietzsche's attempt to sum up his philosophy. In nine parts the book is designed to give the reader a comprehensive idea of Nietzche's thought and style. With an inclusive index of subjects and persons.

Paperback: 288 pages
Publisher: Vintage (December 17, 1989)

Animal Farm

Manor Farm is like any other English farm, expect for a drunken owner, Mr Jones, incompetent workers and oppressed animals. Fed up with the ignorance of their human masters, the animals rise up in rebellion and take over the farm. Led by intellectually superior pigs like Snowball and Napoleon, the animals how to take charge of their destiny and remove the inequities of their lives. But as time passes, the realize that things aren't happening quite as expected. Animal Farm is, one level, a simple story about barnyard animals. On a much deeper level, it is a savage political satire on corrupted ideals, misdirected revolutions and class conflict-themes as valid today as they were sixty years ago.

About the Author

Eric Arthur Blair (George Orwell) was an English writer. His work is characterized by lucid prose, biting social criticism, opposition to totalitarianism, and outspoken support of democratic socialism. He is best-known for his dystopian social-commentary novel 1984 and his allegorical fairytale Animal Farm.

Hardcover: 144 pages
Publisher: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt (November 20, 1990)

The Prince

The Prince is a 16th-century political treatise by the Italian diplomat and political theorist Niccolò Machiavelli. From correspondence a version appears to have been distributed in 1513, using a Latin title, De Principatibus (About Principalities). However, the printed version was not published until 1532, five years after Machiavelli's death. This was done with the permission of the Medici pope Clement VII, but "long before then, in fact since the first appearance of the Prince in manuscript, controversy had swirled about his writings". Although it was written as if it were a traditional work in the mirrors for princes style, it is generally agreed that it was especially innovative. This is only partly because it was written in the vernacular Italian rather than Latin, a practice which had become increasingly popular since the publication of Dante's Divine Comedy and other works of Renaissance literature. The Prince is sometimes claimed to be one of the first works of modern philosophy, especially modern political philosophy, in which the effective truth is taken to be more important than any abstract ideal. It was also in direct conflict with the dominant Catholic and scholastic doctrines of the time concerning how to consider politics and ethics. Although it is relatively short, the treatise is the most remembered of Machiavelli's works and the one most responsible for bringing the word "Machiavellian" into usage as a pejorative. It also helped make "Old Nick" an English term for the devil, and even contributed to the modern negative connotations of the words "politics" and "politician" in western countries. In terms of subject matter it overlaps with the much longer Discourses on Livy, which was written a few years later. In its use of near-contemporary Italians as examples of people who perpetrated criminal deeds for politics, another lesser-known work by Machiavelli which The Prince has been compared to is the Life of Castruccio Castracani. The descriptions within The Prince have the general theme of accepting that the aims of princes—such as glory and survival—can justify the use of immoral means to achieve those ends. “ He who neglects what is done for what ought to be done, sooner effects his ruin than his preservation. ” —Machiavelli, "Chapter 15"

About the Author

Niccolò di Bernardo dei Machiavelli (3 May 1469 21 June 1527) was an Italian historian, politician, diplomat, philosopher, humanist and writer based in Florence during the Renaissance. He was for many years an official in the Florentine Republic, with responsibilities in diplomatic and military affairs. He was a founder of modern political science, and more specifically political ethics. He also wrote comedies, carnival songs, and poetry. His personal correspondence is renowned in the Italian language. He was Secretary to the Second Chancery of the Republic of Florence from 1498 to 1512, when the Medici were out of power. He wrote his masterpiece, The Prince, after the Medici had recovered power and he no longer held a position of responsibility in Florence.

Paperback: 82 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (November 22, 2017)

Theory and History: An Interpretation of Social and Economic Evaluation (Lib Works Ludwig Von Mises CL)

Ludwig von Mises was the leading exponent of the Austrian School of economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He has long been regarded as a most knowledgeable and respected economist, even though his teachings were generally outside the “mainstream.

Theory and History is primarily a critique of Karl Marx, his materialism, and his prediction of the inevitability of socialism. Marx attributes the creation of tools and machines, as well as the economic structure of society, to undefined “material productive forces; Mises rejects this materialistic view; he points out that tools and machines are actually created by individuals acting on the basis of non-materialistic ideas.

This book discusses the theory of economics, i.e., the study of purposive human action, and with history, the record of the past actions of individuals. All actions are determined by ideas. Thoughts and ideas are “real things, Mises writes. “Although intangible and immaterial, they are factors in bringing about changes in the realm, of tangible and material things. Rather than rejecting the study of historical change as a “useless pastime, Mises considers it of the utmost practical importance. “History looks backward into the past, but the lesson it teaches concerns things to come. History opens the mind to an understanding of human nature, increases wisdom, and distinguishes civilized man from the barbarian. Moreover, historical knowledge is of the utmost importance in helping to anticipate and plan for the future.

Though Theory and History may not be studied as often as other, more popular Mises works, it provides great insight into Mises s fundamental thoughts and is a fascinating exploration of human action.

Ludwig von Mises (1881–1973) was the leading spokesman of the Austrian School of Economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Bettina Bien Greaves is a former resident scholar, trustee, and longtime staff member of the Foundation for Economic Education. She has written and lectured extensively on topics of free market economics. Her articles have appeared in such journals as Human Events, Reason, and The Freeman: Ideas on Liberty. A student of Mises, Greaves has become an expert on his work in particular and that of the Austrian School of economics in general. She has translated several Mises monographs, compiled an annotated bibliography of his work, and edited collections of papers by Mises and other members of the Austrian School.

About the Author

Ludwig von Mises (1881-1973) earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Paperback: 281 pages
Publisher: Liberty Fund, Inc. (August 9, 2005)

Human Action: A Treatise on Economics

In the foreword to Human Action: A Treatise on Economics, Mises explains complex market phenomena as "the outcomes of countless conscious, purposive actions, choices, and preferences of individuals, each of whom was trying as best as he or she could under the circumstances to attain various wants and ends and to avoid undesired consequences." It is individual choices in response to personal subjective value judgments that ultimately determine market phenomena—supply and demand, prices, the pattern of production, and even profits and losses. Although governments may presume to set "prices," it is individuals who, by their actions and choices through competitive bidding for money, products, and services, actually determine "prices". Thus, Mises presents economics—not as a study of material goods, services, and products—but as a study of human actions. He sees the science of human action, praxeology, as a science of reason and logic, which recognizes a regularity in the sequence and interrelationships among market phenomena. Mises defends the methodology of praxeology against the criticisms of Marxists, socialists, positivists, and mathematical statisticians.

Mises attributes the tremendous technological progress and the consequent increase in wealth and general welfare in the last two centuries to the introduction of liberal government policies based on free-market economic teachings, creating an economic and political environment which permits individuals to pursue their respective goals in freedom and peace. Mises also explains the futility and counter-productiveness of government attempts to regulate, control, and equalize all people's circumstances: "Men are born unequal and ... it is precisely their inequality that generates social cooperation and civilization."

Ludwig von Mises (1881–1973) was the leading spokesman of the Austrian School of Economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Bettina Bien Greaves is a former resident scholar, trustee, and longtime staff member of the Foundation for Economic Education. She has written and lectured extensively on topics of free market economics. Her articles have appeared in such journals as Human Events, Reason, and The Freeman: Ideas on Liberty. A student of Mises, Greaves has become an expert on his work in particular and that of the Austrian School of economics in general. She has translated several Mises monographs, compiled an annotated bibliography of his work, and edited collections of papers by Mises and other members of the Austrian School.

Paperback: 908 pages
Publisher: Martino Fine Books (October 10, 2012)

Revisionist Viewpoints: Essays in a Dissident Historical Tradition

An outstanding American historian is at his brilliant, pro­vocative best in these essays on World War II war crimes, Allied terror bomb­ing, Fascism, the draft, the American mass media's wartime love affair with Stalin, America's postwar "defense" imperialism, and more. Important for anyone with a serious interest in twentieth century history.

Paperback: 248 pages
Publisher: Ralph Myles; 1st edition (1971)

Disclosure of corporate ownership: Prepared by the Subcommittees on Intergovernmental Relations and Budgeting, Management, and Expenditures of the ... Government Operations, United States Senate

Author: January 1, 1973, by United States. Congress. Senate. Committee on Government Operations. Subcommittee on Intergovernmental Relations

Paperback: 440 pages
Publisher: University of Michigan Library (January 1, 1973)

Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution

“Sutton comes to conclusions that are uncomfortable for many businessmen and economists. For this reason, his work tends to be either dismissed out of hand as ‘extreme’ or, more often, simply ignored.” ―Richard Pipes, Baird Professor Emeritus of History, Harvard University (from Survival Is Not Enough: Soviet Realities and America's Future)

Why did the 1917 American Red Cross Mission to Russia include more financiers than medical doctors? Rather than caring for the victims of war and revolution, its members seemed more intent on negotiating contracts with the Kerensky government and, subsequently, the Bolshevik regime.

In a courageous investigation, Antony Sutton establishes tangible historical links between Russian communists and US capitalists. Drawing on US state department files, personal papers of key Wall Street figures, biographies, and conventional histories, Sutton reveals:

• The role of Morgan banking executives in funneling illegal Bolshevik gold into the US.
• The co-option of the American Red Cross by powerful Wall Street forces.
• The intervention by Wall Street sources to free the Marxist revolutionary Leon Trotsky, whose aim was to topple the Russian government.
• The deals made by major corporations to capture the huge Russian market a decade and a half before the US recognized the Soviet regime.
• The secret sponsoring of Communism by leading businessmen, who publicly championed free enterprise.

Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution traces the foundations of Western funding of the Soviet Union. Dispassionately, and with overwhelming documentation, the author details a crucial phase in the establishment of Communist Russia.

This classic study―first published in 1974 and part of a key trilogy―is reproduced here in its original form. The other volumes in this trilogy are Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler and Wall Street and FDR.

About the Author

Antony C. Sutton (1925-2002) was born in London and educated at the universities of London, Gottingen and California. He was a Research Fellow at the Hoover Institution for War, Revolution, and Peace at Stanford, California, from 1968 to 1973, and later an Economics Professor at California State University, Los Angeles. He is the author of 25 books, including the major three-volume study Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development.

Paperback: 232 pages
Publisher: Clairview Books; Reprint edition (December 1, 2012)

Wall Street and FDR

Franklin D. Roosevelt is frequently described as one of the greatest presidents in American history, remembered for his leadership during the Great Depression and Second World War. Antony Sutton challenges this received wisdom, presenting a controversial but convincing analysis. Based on an extensive study of original documents, he concludes that: * FDR was an elitist who influenced public policy in order to benefit special interests, including his own. * FDR and his Wall Street colleagues were 'corporate socialists', who believed in making society work for their own benefit. * FDR believed in business but not free market economics. Sutton describes the genesis of 'corporate socialism' - acquiring monopolies by means of political influence - which he characterises as 'making society work for the few'. He traces the historical links of the Delano and Roosevelt families to Wall Street, as well as FDR's own political networks developed during his early career as a financial speculator and bond dealer.The New Deal almost destroyed free enterprise in America, but didn't adversely affect FDR's circle of old friends ensconced in select financial institutions and federal regulatory agencies. Together with their corporate allies, this elite group profited from the decrees and programmes generated by their old pal in the White House, whilst thousands of small businesses suffered and millions were unemployed. Wall Street and FDR is much more than a fascinating historical and political study. Many contemporary parallels can be drawn to Sutton's powerful presentation given the recent banking crises and worldwide governments' bolstering of private institutions via the public purse. This classic study - first published in 1975 as the conclusion of a key trilogy - is reproduced here in its original form. (The other volumes in the series are Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler and Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution.)

About the Author

ANTONY C. SUTTON, born in London in 1925, was educated at the universities of London, Gottingen and California. He was a Research Fellow at the Hoover Institution for War, Revolution and Peace at Stanford, California, from 1968 to 1973 and later an Economics Professor at California State University, Los Angeles. He is the author of 25 books, including the major three-volume study Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development. He died in 2002.

Paperback: 200 pages
Publisher: Clairview Books; New edition edition (January 1, 2014)

The Triumph of Conservatism

From the birth of Democracy in Athens, the true battle has been between the philosophy of Draco and the philosophy of Solon, philosophies of constancy and progression, respectively. In our time we call them Conservative and Liberal, and each sees the other as evil and a danger to Democracy. This book is a reinterpretation of the so-called "Progressive Era" under the presidencies of Teddy Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson, with the relatively draconian presidency of William Taft in between.

Paperback: 356 pages
Publisher: Free Press; unknown edition (March 1, 1977)

The Wall Street Gang

This book offers investors an inquiry into the squeeze play of Wall Street wheeler-dealers and also provides them with an approach to the market that shows them how to time their investment decisions to coincide with those of the exchange insider. From beginning to end, The Wall Street Gang reads like a suspense story as the author shows how the great wealth and power of the New York Stock Exchange depend on the ignorance and confusion of the investing public. With penetrating insight, he analyzes the basic problems posed to investors by a financial system that is able to manipulate and control investors, stock prices, the media, politicians, and the executive suite of every major corporation in America. In documenting the failure of the SEC and Interstate Commerce Commission to regulate and the complicity between the government and Wall Street insiders, he uses charts and tables that are informative and more illuminating than similar charts that appear in daily papers because of the lucid explanations that accompany them. Case histories enable the investor to recognize the symptoms of fraud and prepare to take action if necessary. In another section of the book, he informs investors of their recourse to the courts as vehicles for the recovery of damages when stockbrokers violate the securities laws.

Hardcover: 284 pages
Publisher: Praeger Publishers, Inc.; 1st edition (May 1974)

The Rich and the Super-Rich: A Study in the Power of Money Today

In the late 1930s bombshell of a book appeared which told the story of the lords of wealth and their glittering clans. It was called AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. It rocked the nation and became a classic.

Lundberg showed how America was ruled by a plutocracy of inherited wealth, even under the New Deal. At the time he could only provide a sampling of the economic and political patterns of those families, which, for one reason or another, had come under public scrutiny. In addition to the Sixty Families he dealt with in depth, he was able to outline the probable holdings of a few hundred other families.

The author, in writing THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH, had at his disposal infinitely richer data, monographs, Congressional investigations than were available three decades ago. They have made it possible for him to give us a book which is much more than a mere updating of AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. It is, rather, a systematic study of the entire wealthy class and its familial structure. (In one important aspect it resembles AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES: It is written for the layman to awaken the reader to the real and little-known situation.) Original publication was delayed to update John Paul Getty's most current wealth.

These families have all the old levers of power and pelf plus a whole host of new ones created for them during the intervening decades by the politicians, lawyers and judges who serve them. Although published in 1968 and rocketed to the top of the bestseller list, the wealth managed by these families remains a significant force in today’s economy and should not be underestimated.

Ferdinand Lundberg’s IMPERIAL HEARST was the basis for the screenplay CITIZEN KANE. Other bestsellers include MODERN WOMEN: THE LOST SEX (in collaboration) and the book for which he is most noted, AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. This book was embraced by New Deal leaders and helped to shape the destiny of the Roosevelt Administration in its early years.

During World War II, Lundberg was an economist with the War Production Board and the War Shipping Administration. After the war, he served the Twentieth Century Fund as editor and began teaching—first at Finch College, New York, and then as Adjunct Professor of Social Philosophy at New York University. He took leave in 1965 to devote all his time to writing THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH, published in 1968. It became the number one bestselling book in the United States. It was translated and published in eight other countries and became number one in Germany for many months.

Mr. Lundberg completed his formal education at Columbia University, where he was awarded the B.Sc. and M.A.

Hardcover: 812 pages
Publisher: Lyle Stuart; 1st edition (June 1, 1968)

America's 60 Families

Originally published in 1937, this early work on American politics is both expensive and hard to find in its first edition. It details the history of industrial trusts, finance, business and the federal government during the early twentieth century. This is a fascinating work and thoroughly recommended for anyone interested in American history. Many of the earliest books, particularly those dating back to the 1900s and before, are now extremely scarce. We are republishing these classic works in affordable, high quality, modern editions, using the original text and artwork.

Hardcover: 566 pages
Publisher: Lundberg Press (November 4, 2008)

Who Rules America?

Drawing from a power elite perspective and the latest empirical data, Domhoff’s classic text is an invaluable tool for teaching students about how power operates in U.S. society. Domhoff argues that the owners and top-level managers in large income-producing properties are far and away the dominant figures in the U.S. Their corporations, banks, and agribusinesses come together as a corporate community that dominates the federal government in Washington and their real estate, construction, and land development companies form growth coalitions that dominate most local governments. By providing empirical evidence for his argument, Domhoff encourages students to think critically about the power structure in American society and its implications for our democracy.

Paperback: 184 pages
Publisher: Prentice Hall; 1st edition (December 1967)

< The Higher Circles: The Governing Class in America

Contents:

• Social indicators and social institutions of the upper class.
• The feminine half of the upper class.
• The jet set, celebrities, and the upper class.
• Cohesion and consciousness: is there an American upper class?
• How the power elite make foreign policy.
• How the power elite shape social legislation.
• The power elite, the CIA, and the struggle for minds.
• Dan Smott, Phyllis Schlafly, Reverend McBirnie, and me.
• Where a pluralist goes wrong.

Hardcover: 367 pages
Publisher: Random House; 1st edition (1970)

The Money Lords: The Great Finance Capitalists 1925-1950

After the Robber Barons came the new kings of capitalism.

Hardcover: 374 pages
Publisher: Weybright and Talley (1972)

The Robber Barons

Rockefeller, Morgan, Vanderbilt, Carnegie, Harriman, Gould, Frick ... this is the story of the giant American capitalists who seized economic power after the Civil War and altered the shape of American life forever.

Paperback: 474 pages
Publisher: Mariner Books (January 24, 1962)

The Plot to Seize the White House: The Shocking True Story of the Conspiracy to Overthrow FDR

Most people will be shocked to learn that in 1933 a cabal of wealthy industrialists—in league with groups like the K.K.K. and the American Liberty League—planned to overthrow the U.S. government in a fascist coup. Their plan was to turn discontented veterans into American “brown shirts,” depose F.D.R., and stop the New Deal. They clandestinely asked Medal of Honor recipient and Marine Major General Smedley Darlington Butler to become the first American Caesar. He, though, was a true patriot and revealed the plot to journalists and to Congress. In a time when a sitting President has invoked national security to circumvent constitutional checks and balances, this episode puts the spotlight on attacks upon our democracy and the individual courage needed to repel them.

About the Author

Jules Archer served four years during World War II in the Pacific with the Army Air Corps. He wrote many books on political events and personalities, including "The Dictators"; " Hawks, Doves and the Eagle"; and "The Extremists." He lived in New York until his passing.

Anne Cipriano Venzon (Introduction): Anne Cipriano Venzon is the author of " General Smedley Darlington Butler."

Paperback: 256 pages
Publisher: Skyhorse Publishing; First Edition, 2nd Printing edition (March 1, 2007)

David: Report on a Rockefeller

David Report on a Rockefeller by William Hoffman

Hardcover: 192 pages
Publisher: Lyle Stuart, Inc. (December 1971)

The Incredible Rocky Vs the Power of the People!

Oversized Underground exposing the dark side of America' richest family.

Comic: 49 pages
Publisher: North American Congress on Latin America (January 1, 1975)

History of the Great American Fortunes: Volume I

In writing this work my aim has been to give the exact facts as far as the available material allows. Necessarily it is impossible, from the very nature of the case, to obtain all the facts. It is obvious that in both past and present times the chief beneficiaries of our social and industrial system have found it to their interest to represent their accumulations as the rewards of industry and ability, and have likewise had the strongest motives for concealing the circumstances of all those complex and devious methods which have been used in building up great fortunes. In this they have been assisted by a society so constituted that the means by which these great fortunes have been amassed have been generally lauded as legitimate and exemplary.

The possessors of towering fortunes have hitherto been described in two ways. On the one hand, they have been held up as marvels of success, as preëminent examples of thrift, enterprise and extraordinary ability. More recently, however, the tendency in certain quarters has been diametrically the opposite. This latter class of writers, intent upon pandering to a supposed popular appetite for sensation, pile exposure upon exposure, and hold up the objects of their diatribes as monsters of commercial and political crime. Neither of these classes has sought to establish definitely the relation of the great fortunes to the social and industrial system which has propagated them. Consequently, these superficial effusions and tirades—based upon a lack of understanding of the propelling forces of society—have little value other than as reflections of a certain aimless and disordered spirit of the times. With all their volumes of print, they leave us in possession of a scattered array of assertions, bearing some resemblance to facts, which, however, fail to be facts inasmuch as they are either distorted to take shape as fulsome eulogies or as wild, meaningless onslaughts.

They give no explanation of the fundamental laws and movements of the present system, which have resulted in these vast fortunes; nor is there the least glimmering of a scientific interpretation of a succession of states and tendencies from which these men of great wealth have emerged. With an entire absence of comprehension, they portray our multimillionaires as a phenomenal group whose sudden rise to their sinister and overshadowing position is a matter of wonder and surprise. They do not seem to realize for a moment—what is clear to every real student of economics—that the great fortunes are the natural, logical outcome of a system based upon factors the inevitable result of which is the utter despoilment of the many for the benefit of a few.

About the Author

GUSTAVUS MYERS, 1872 - 1942, was a the pioneering historian who wrote ten major works during his life.

Paperback: 114 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (September 30, 2014)

National Suicide: Military Aid to the Soviet Union

You may read this book and think the author "dreamed a dream that could not be." For Antony Sutton, research fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University, proves that there is no such thing as Soviet technology, only American and allied technology on Soviet soil. Technology that maimed and killed American boys in Korea and Vietnam.

Bridge building to Communist Russia is nothing new. It started early in 1918. With mountains of documentation Mr. Sutton shows that 90 to 95 percent of Soviet technology since 1918 has come from America and its allies . . . that we've built for, or sold, or traded, or given outright to the Communists everything from copper wiring and motor vehicles to combat tanks, missile equipment and computers . . . that we are today giving equipment to build the world 's largest heavy­ truck plant (output: 100,000 ten-ton trucks per year - more than all U.S. manufacturers produce in a year) . . . that "peaceful trade" is a myth . . . that to the Soviets all goods are strategic. All this, to create and maintain an enemy that we annually spend $80 billion to defend against.

National Suicide, researched for over ten years, mentions scores of products passed on to the Soviets (down to the design specifications, in some cases). It fearlessly names the guilty manufacturers and politicians - right up to Presidents of the United States.

The government won't like this book. It blows the lid off information that has been kept from the public till now. But Americans weary of no-win wars and taxpayers repelled at subsidizing our enemy will hail this scholarly, gutsy volume.

Hardcover: 283 pages
Publisher: Arlington House; 1st edition (1973)

Lindbergh On the Federal Reserve (The Economic Pinch)

1968: by Charles A. Lindbergh- The key to all the good things is the mind, so open your mind and begin to think.

Paperback: 249 pages
Publisher: Noontide Press; New edition edition (December 1968)

Collective Speeches of Congressman Louis T. McFadden; Federal Reserve Exposed

Speeches from famous, patriotic, uncorruptible US politician.

Paperback: ? pages
Publisher: Omni Publications; 3rd First publisher in 1970 edition (2005)

< The Federal Reserve Bank

No details

Paperback: 256 pages
Publisher: Noontide Press; Revised Printing edition (1968)

None Dare Call It Conspiracy

This book is a primer for anyone who wishes to understand the basic workings of the global network of Insiders that is determined to wield power over all of mankind in the coming New World Order. The Special Edition is updated with illustrations and charts for 2013. Introduction by U.S. Congressman John G. Schmitz: The story you are about to read is true. The names have not been changed to protect the guilty. This book may have the effect of changing your life. After reading this book, you will never look at national and world events in the same way again. None Dare Call It Conspiracy will be a very controversial book. At first it will receive little publicity and those whose plans are exposed in it will try to kill it by the silent treatment. For reasons that become obvious as you read this book, it will not be reviewed in all the "proper" places or be available on your local book stand. However, there is nothing these people can do to stop a grass roots book distributing system. Eventually it will be necessary for the people and organizations named in this book to try to blunt its effect by attacking it or the author. They have a tremendous vested interest in keeping you from discovering what they are doing. And they have the big guns of the mass media at their disposal to fire the barrages at None Dare Call It Conspiracy. By sheer volume, the "experts" will try to ridicule you out of investigating for yourself as to whether or not the information in this book is true They will ignore the fact that the author about to conjecture. They will find a typographical error or ague some point that is open to debate. If necessary they will lie in order to protect themselves by smearing this book. I believe those who pooh-pooh the information herein because psychologically many people would prefer to believe we are because we all like to ignore bad news. We do so at our own peril.

Paperback: 160 pages
Publisher: Dauphin Publications; Special edition (January 30, 2013)

Richard Nixon the Man Behind the Mask

No Details

Paperback: 433 pages
Publisher: Western Islands (June 1, 1971)

The Rockefeller File - Secret

The super rich in America enjoy power and prerogatives un-imaginable to most of us. Who can conceive of owning a private empire that includes 100 homes, 2,500 servants, untold thousands of luxuries, and untold millions of dollars? America has a royal family of finance that has known such riches for generations. It is, of course, the Rockefellers. But if the Rockefellers were content with their wealth, if their riches had satisfied their desires, this book would not have been written. And I would not be urging you to read it. Money alone is not enough to quench the thirst and lusts of the super-rich. Instead, many of them use their vast wealth, and the influence such riches give them, to achieve even more power. Power of a magnitude never dreamed of by the tyrants and despots of earlier ages. Power on a world wide scale. Power over people, not just products...

Paperback: 194 pages
Publisher: 76 Press (1976)

The Invisible Government

Dan Smoot's "Invisble Government" sold about 1 million copies through self-publishing alone, but it did not appear on the New York Times "Best Sellers List" of 1962. Essentially it is a book dealing with organization called The Council on Foreign Relations founded by Edward Mandel House, one of the Dullers brothers and others devoted to bringing "socialism as dreamed of by Karl Marx.", to quote House, to this country. The writing is dry but effective. Had he lived, Senator Joseph McCarthy might have written this book himself since the Council is one of groups that he was getting into his sights before Eisenhower stopped him. What Dan Smoot revealed is how ITC control of the national medias is so pervasive that true and vital news seldom gets to the populace at large. Smoot's anaylsis of it's goals bear close attention for those who are interested in answering befuddling questions about U.S. foreign and domestic policies. Over twenty six years later "The Shadows of Power" by James Perloff, brought the CFR up to date, and the report on how this subversive organization has not been dealt with is not good! From what one may gather after reading "The Invisible Government" is how many lives have been ruined or lost in order to fulfill the dreams of a few determined to create a "New World Order". If you think this is only the stuff of Ian Flemming or H.G. Wells, Smoot's book goes a long way to prove otherwise.

About the Author

Dan Smoot (1913-2003) was an FBI agent and a conservative political activist. From the 1950s to 1971 , he published The Dan Smoot Report, which chronicled alleged communist infiltration in various sectors of American government and society. In 1970 , he opposed the selection of a future U.S. president, George Herbert Walker Bush, as the Republican nominee for the U.S. Senate from Texas. He claimed that Bush's political philosophy was little different from the Democrats that he sought to oppose. Bush lost the Senate election that year to popular Democrat Lloyd M. Bentsen, Jr. In 1972 , Smoot opposed the reelection of Richard M. Nixon and served as campaign manager for American Independent Party presidential candidate John G. Schmitz of California.

Paperback: 176 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (December 31, 2013)

Naked Capitalist

In "The Naked Capitalist" , Dr. Skousen reviews the book "Tragedy and Hope" by Carroll Quigley. It reveals how some of the richest people in the world have supported communism and socialism. Why would they support what appears to be the pathway to their own destruction? Dr. Quigley has been associated with many of these dynastic families of the super-rich. Dr. Skousen therefore writes as an authority on the world's secret power structure. His answers to the above question will astonish you.

About the Author

W. Cleon Skousen is best remembered as a popular author, speaker and teacher who lectured in every state and province in North America, and in more than 60 countries world-wide. He was a student of history and a scholar of law, specializing in the principles of Freedom, the U.S. Constitution, economics, and ancient history and scriptures.

He was invited to write a new constitution for Canada and the proposed United States of Latin America, and he published a model constitution that could be adopted by nations everywhere. He served in the FBI for 16 years, four years as Chief of Police in Salt Lake City, and ten years as a university professor. He was a prolific writer and produced three national best sellers, The Naked Communist, The Naked Capitalist, and The Five Thousand Year Leap. Eight of his books were used as college texts, and several were translated and published in other countries.

Dr. Skousen was born in Canada, and returned to the U.S. with his family at age ten. He spent two years in Mexico, two years in England, graduated from San Bernardino College in California, and received his juris doctor degree from George Washington University Law School. He was admitted to practice law in the District of Columbia and before the District Court of Appeals and the U.S. Supreme Court.

His seminars on the Constitution have been taught to several million across the U.S., and among his students were dozens of U.S. Senators and Representatives, two Supreme Court justices, and several candidates for President. He believed knowledge and understanding were key to maintaining a free country, and spent his entire adult life opening up complex issues for deeper understanding by students and audiences all around the world.

Dr. Skousen and his wife, Jewel Pitcher of San Bernardino, California, are the parents of eight children, 50 grandchildren, and more than 120 great-grandchildren.

Paperback: 144 pages
Publisher: Reviewer; Later Printing edition (January 1, 1993)

Captain and the Kings

New York Times Bestseller: Sweeping from the 1850s through the early 1920s, this towering family saga examines the price of ambition and power.

Joseph Francis Xavier Armagh is twelve years old when he gets his first glimpse of the promised land of America through a dirty porthole in steerage on an Irish immigrant ship. His long voyage, dogged by tragedy, ends not in the great city of New York but in the bigoted, small town of Winfield, Pennsylvania, where his younger brother, Sean, and his infant sister, Regina, are sent to an orphanage. Joseph toils at whatever work will pay a living wage and plans for the day he can take his siblings away from St. Agnes’s Orphanage and make a home for them all.

Joseph’s journey will catapult him to the highest echelons of power and grant him entry into the most elite political circles. Even as misfortune continues to follow the Armagh family like an ancient curse, Joseph takes his revenge against the uncaring world that once took everything from him. He orchestrates his eldest son Rory’s political ascent from the offspring of an Irish immigrant to US senator. And Joseph will settle for nothing less than the pinnacle of glory: seeing his boy crowned the first Catholic president of the United States.

Spanning seventy years, Captains and the Kings, which was adapted into an eight-part television miniseries, is Taylor Caldwell’s masterpiece about nineteenth- and early twentieth-century America, and the grit, ambition, fortitude, and sheer hubris it takes for an immigrant to survive and thrive in a dynamic new land.

About the Author

Taylor Caldwell (1900–1985) was one of the most prolific and widely read authors of the twentieth century. Born Janet Miriam Holland Taylor Caldwell in Manchester, England, she moved with her family to Buffalo, New York, in 1907. She started writing stories when she was eight years old and completed her first novel when she was twelve. Married at age eighteen, Caldwell worked as a stenographer and court reporter to help support her family and took college courses at night, earning a bachelor of arts degree from the University of Buffalo in 1931. She adopted the pen name Taylor Caldwell because legendary editor Maxwell Perkins thought her debut novel, Dynasty of Death (1938), would be better received if readers assumed it were written by a man. In a career that spanned five decades, Caldwell published forty novels, many of which were New York Times bestsellers. Her best-known works include the historical sagas The Sound of Thunder (1957), Testimony of Two Men (1968), Captains and the Kings (1972), and Ceremony of the Innocent (1976), and the spiritually themed novels The Listener (1960) and No One Hears But Him (1966). Dear and Glorious Physician (1958), a portrayal of the life of St. Luke, and Great Lion of God (1970), about the life of St. Paul, are among the bestselling religious novels of all time. Caldwell’s last novel, Answer as a Man (1981), hit the New York Times bestseller list before its official publication date. She died at her home in Greenwich, Connecticut, in 1985.

Hardcover: 756 pages
Publisher: Doubleday & Co; First Edition, First Printing edition (1972)

Proofs of a Conspiracy

This anthology is a thorough introduction to classic literature for those who have not yet experienced these literary masterworks. For those who have known and loved these works in the past, this is an invitation to reunite with old friends in a fresh new format. From Shakespeare s finesse to Oscar Wilde s wit, this unique collection brings together works as diverse and influential as The Pilgrim s Progress and Othello. As an anthology that invites readers to immerse themselves in the masterpieces of the literary giants, it is must-have addition to any library.

About the Author

John Robison has been certified by the American Canoe Association in coastal kayak, whitewater kayak, and whitewater canoe instruction and has paddled extensively around the world. --This text refers to an alternate Paperback edition.

Paperback: 194 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (April 23, 2012)

Secret Societies & Subversive Movements

This work has been selected by scholars as being culturally important, and is part of the knowledge base of civilization as we know it. This work was reproduced from the original artifact, and remains as true to the original work as possible. Therefore, you will see the original copyright references, library stamps (as most of these works have been housed in our most important libraries around the world), and other notations in the work.

This work is in the public domain in the United States of America, and possibly other nations. Within the United States, you may freely copy and distribute this work, as no entity (individual or corporate) has a copyright on the body of the work.

As a reproduction of a historical artifact, this work may contain missing or blurred pages, poor pictures, errant marks, etc. Scholars believe, and we concur, that this work is important enough to be preserved, reproduced, and made generally available to the public. We appreciate your support of the preservation process, and thank you for being an important part of keeping this knowledge alive and relevant.

About the Author

Nesta Helen Webster (Mrs. Arthur Webster), (24 August 1876 – 16 May 1960) was a controversial author who revived conspiracy theories about the Illuminati. She argued that the secret society's members were occultists, plotting communist world domination, using the idea of a Jewish cabal,[citation needed] the Masons and Jesuits as a smokescreen. According to her, their international subversion included the French Revolution, 1848 Revolution, the First World War, and the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917. In 1920, Webster was one of the contributing authors who wrote The Jewish Peril, a series of articles in the London Morning Post centred on the Protocols of the Elders of Zion. These articles were subsequently compiled and published in the same year in book form under the title of The Cause of World Unrest. Webster claimed that the authenticity of the Protocols of the Elders of Zion was an "open question" --This text refers to an alternate Paperback edition.

Paperback: 432 pages
Publisher: EWorld Inc. (October 31, 2014)

The Truth About The Slump: What The News Never Tells

This book tells the story of who caused the slump and how they caused it, and it directs attention to two simple steps that can be taken to save our farmers and traders. No greater mistake can be made than to suppose that the present slump in commodity prices is due to blind economic forces. The depression from which we now suffer is due to an artificially induced variation in the purchasing power of money. In these pages will be found ample evidence in support of this statement. The quarter from which the trouble is coming is indicated, and the amazing manner in which the machinery for monetary control of the world was established is traced out. The story of the slump is essentially a story of men and their motives. Some of those motives, such as declarations of hostility to the British Empire, and action inimical to it, are matters of open public record : others are a matter of speculation. The facts set out rest upon unimpeachable authority, and the sources are given throughout. Any reader who has access to a large library can verify them all for himself, and by a little research would doubtless uncover much additional matter supplementing and confirming what the present author has assembled. Nevertheless, one may search in vain through the newspaper press, through the utterances of public men, through practically the whole current literature of today, for any reference to these central, pivotal facts governing the whole world price level and the financial and economic situation today. Why this silence? The answer is that the most potent forces in the world today are forces that do not work in the open. They could not work in the open : for if they did mankind would not for one instant tolerate their continuance. It is essential for the success of their plans that the people of the world should be unaware of the chains that have been made to enmesh them. A small number of persons in different countries have shown by their utterances that they are well aware of what is taking place - or, rather, has been taking placefor the chain of events extends back over a long period of time. Three-quarters of a century ago Disraeli told Britain's House of Commons that "the world is governed by very different persons from what is imagined by those who are not behind the scenes." In a recent interview, General Ludendorff, chief of the German General Staff through the war, declared that the world today is ruled by "secret supra-national powers," "the same diabolically clever wire-pullers that brought about the last cataclysm." In the London "National Review" six years ago Mr. Arthur Kitson wrote about "Our Invisible Rulers," and in other articles has expounded this same theme. In giving evidence before a United States Congressional committee in 1926, Mr. Western Starr, head of the United States Farmer-Labour Party, declared that unless a certain group of men, whom he referred to as "these old men of the sea," had their power curbed the world would be plunged into another war, compared with which the last war would be "like a Fourth of July picnic.' ' More cryptically, but none the less significantly, Sir Josiah Stamp, one of Britain's foremost business men and economists, has expressed the opinion-remarkable as coming from a director of the Bank of England-that money, after having brought civilisation to its present level, may well "actually destroy society." When the reader has digested the facts herein assembled this statement may fall less incredibly on his ear. It is impossible to maintain our country in a state of security unless we face the facts and conform to reality. Our national peril is that we are ignoring all the vital facts of the situation. Our enemies are none the less real because their ways are hidden ways. But they are a thousand times more insidious. What the war failed to do they seek, to accomplish, and their ambition is to shatter in bankruptcy and ruin the once-splendid fabric of the British Empire. A. N. FIELD. Okiwi Bay, Croixelles. February, 1931. ...

Paperback: 210 pages
Publisher: A. N. Field; First Edition edition (1931)

The Untold History: How the British East India Company's "Pre-Fabian" philosophical radicals set up Capitalism and its antithesis Communisim

No details available

Unknown Binding: 290 pages
Publisher: The Committee for the Restoration of the Republic (1954)

Karl Marx, Capitalist

For over a century, Marxism and Communism have been loudly proclaimed as the only means of eliminating poverty, exploitation, and human misery. Yet, wherever Communism has been established, the exact opposite has happened. Rather than generating prosperity, it breeds economic paralysis, exploitation, poverty and human misery. For years Americans have been told that the goal of our foreign policy is to fight Communism. Untold billions have been spent on foreign aid and almost perpetual wars have been fought in pursuance of these doctrines. Yet the Socialist-Communist countries continue to expand their empires and boastfully proclaim their intention of overthrowing Capitalism and "burying us." But, if Capitalism is overthrown, we will have Communism (or Socialism), which is what we have been fighting all the time. Or have we? Clearly our attempts to "stop Communism" over the past twenty-five years have been either a total failure or a smashing success, depending on one'[s point of view. Even on a random chance basis, the United States would have been right approximately fifty percent of the time. Since our nation has been almost "perpetually wrong," it should now be obvious that the real purposes behind our seemingly disastrous domestic and foreign policies are being concealed, and the frenzied collectivization of our nation is part of a deliberately calculated plan. The forces behind today's tragic events are far different than many would suppose. When the truth is finally revealed, we will find that Communism is merely one link in a much larger movement which embraces total world domination as its ultimate aim. Powerful forces have been working toward this end for centuries, and they now feel that their goal is in sight.... Whether or not these champions of evil succeed will depend on how an alerted America reacts when the truth of the magnitude of this betrayal is ... our nation to the brink of economic moral and military disaster. --- excerpts from Introduction

Paperback: 126 pages
Publisher: Enterprise Publications (1972)

Rockefeller "Internationalist": The Man Who Misrules The World

The Anomalies Network is proud to present another conspiracy book lost to the mists of time. For our current selection we have chosen to release Rockefeller "Industrialist" : The Man Who Misrules the World from our public domain archive. In this pioneering work, Emanuel Joesephson exposes Rockefeller's schemes in finance, education, medicine, social work, philanthropy, foreign and domestic policy. He also relates with extreme detail, though documentation and researched accounts nefarious scams engineered by Rockefeller including his links with the infamous German chemical cartel I.G. Farbin and Rockefeller's own support not only of Hitler but also the Soviet Union. You also gain a keen insight Into one of the true architects of the New World Order as we know it today. Now back in print for the first time in 50 years, Rockefeller "Industrialist" : The Man Who Misrules the World.

Paperback: 442 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (July 4, 2008)

The Creature from Jekyll Island

Review

G. Edward Griffin is to be commended for this splendid work. At first glance The Creature from Jekyll Island is a huge book. While this may be daunting to some, once the book is actually started, it flows smoothly and reads quickly. There are so many fascinating tidbits of information here that the reader won't even be concerned about the size of the book. The title refers to the formation of the Federal Reserve System, which occurred at a secret meeting at Jekyll Island, Georgia in 1910. It was at this meeting, as Griffin relates, that the "Money Trust", composed of the richest and most powerful bankers in the world, along with a U.S. Senator, wrote the proposal to launch the Federal Reserve System (which Griffin calls a banking cartel) to control the financial system so that the bankers will always come out on top. The biggest problem in modern banking, according to Griffin, is and has always been the creation of fiat money. Fiat money is money that is "declared" money by the government. It is not backed by anything but promises and deceit. All societies were sound financially when they used gold or silver to back their currency. When the bankers finally get their way and install fiat money, the result is inflation and boom and bust cycles. Griffin gives numerous examples of this, such as repeated failures by American colonies and European states in using fiat money. The purpose of fiat money is so that the government can spend more then they take in through taxes. Without writing reams on this book, it is sufficient to say that this is a must read for anyone who is interested in learning how the money system operates. Griffin gives comprehensive accounts of how the Fed creates money, and how this affects everyday life. I would have to say these sections are better than Murray Rothbard's book, The Case Against the Fed, because Griffin gives himself more room for explanation. Griffin does believe in the conspiratorial view of history, and he believes that the bankers are working in concert with such groups as the Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission to bring about a socialist-world system in which an elite composed of intellectuals and bankers will rule over the entire planet. Griffin even spends a chapter outlining how this system could come about, and the consequent results of this socialist system. These chapters are a bit unsettling, but even if you aren't interested in this worldview, you can still learn much about the economy from this book. Recommended --By Jeffrey Leach on July 29, 2001

This book, while slightly marred by the occasional conspiracy theory, is a great account of one of the most important real life conspiracies of our time. It is well researched with plenty of footnotes for anyone who wants to look more deeply. It tells the real story of how bankers have lured politicians with easy money and ended up in control of most of the world. Whether or not they can keep up our (or rather, their) sleight-of-hand monetary system forever, the important thing is the power these bankers wield that should not be theirs. This book should be required reading. And by all means do your own research. Topics covered: founding of the Federal Reserve, war mongering, bail-outs, boom-bust cycles, the J.P.Morgans and Rothschilds of the world, the history of central banking in the United States, and most fascinating: how the money system really works in this country. Despite its lack of perfection, this book is by far the most relevant and interesting thing I have read about economics in a long time. It is written in terms that anyone can understand, which will immediately rule out the kind of reader who is impressed by a lot of technical jargon that supposedly demonstrates an author's mastery of the subject while only serving to confuse laymen (and experts too). --By A Customer on October 30, 1999

This book, while slightly marred by the occasional conspiracy theory, is a great account of one of the most important real life conspiracies of our time. It is well researched with plenty of footnotes for anyone who wants to look more deeply. It tells the real story of how bankers have lured politicians with easy money and ended up in control of most of the world. Whether or not they can keep up our (or rather, their) sleight-of-hand monetary system forever, the important thing is the power these bankers wield that should not be theirs. This book should be required reading. And by all means do your own research. Topics covered: founding of the Federal Reserve, war mongering, bail-outs, boom-bust cycles, the J.P.Morgans and Rothschilds of the world, the history of central banking in the United States, and most fascinating: how the money system really works in this country. Despite its lack of perfection, this book is by far the most relevant and interesting thing I have read about economics in a long time. It is written in terms that anyone can understand, which will immediately rule out the kind of reader who is impressed by a lot of technical jargon that supposedly demonstrates an author's mastery of the subject while only serving to confuse laymen (and experts too). --By A Customer on October 30, 1999

About the Author

Mr. Griffin is a graduate of the University of Michigan, where he majored in speech and communications. He is a recipient of the Telly Award for excellence in television production. He is the founder of the Cancer Cure Foundation and has served on the board of directors of the National Health Federation and the International Association of Cancer Victims and Friends. He is a Contributing Editor for The New American magazine, president of American Media and founder of the Reality Zone.

Paperback: 608 pages
Publisher: American Media; 5th edition (September 11, 2010)

The Reign of the House of Rothschild

This volume carries on the history of the House of Rothschild as revealed by the relevant documents from 1830 up to the peace that concluded the Franco-Prussian War in 1871. In the writing of this volume, the Rothschild families have brought no influence of any kind to bear; the author's aim has been to portray without prejudice or partiality the tremendous part that the House played in the events of the nineteenth century. Original documents and letters that had been intercepted have occasionally afforded particularly illuminating revelations; although, in the case of extracts from some of the letters, it is necessary to bear in mind that the originals were probably carefully altered by the Rothschilds themselves, with the deliberate intention of making upon persons like Metternich a definite impression such as would assist them in carrying out their plans. Seen in this light they are no less instructive and characteristic of the methods of the House than the more ingenuous documents that undoubtedly constitute a large proportion of those used in this work.

The epilogue which appears at the end of the book makes no claim to continue the treatment of the subject on the same lines; it merely attempts to bring out one or two of the more striking moves executed by the House of Rothschild on the political chessboard during the sixty years leading up to the present day, moves which show how the House, in spite of growing difficulties, vanishing influence, and the powerful competition of younger and richer firms, has endeavored until the most recent times to maintain its position, to influence international policies, and although with diminishing success, to drive them along the path which corresponded to the interests of the bank.

Hardcover: 457 pages
Publisher: Cosmopolitan book corporation; First Edition edition (1928)

The Ego and His Own: The Case of the Individual Against Authority (Dover Books on Western Philosophy)

Credited with influencing the philosophies of Nietzsche and Ayn Rand and the development of libertarianism and existentialism, this prophetic 1844 work challenges the very notion of a common good as the driving force of civilization. By examining the role of the human ego, author Max Stirner chronicles the battle of the individual against the collective — showing how, throughout history, the latter invariably leads to oppression. Stirner begins with a study of the individual ego and then traces its subjugation from ancient times to the nineteenth century. Nothing escapes his indictment: the ancient philosophers, Christianity, monarchism, the bourgeois state; all have fettered individuals with laws, morality, and obligations. Revolutions expunge one evil only to replace it with another, and Stirner predicted — years before the publication of Marx's Manifesto — that socialism would climax in the ultimate totalitarian state.

For students of political science and philosophy, this book is essential reading. For those concerned about the encroachment of authority upon individual liberty, Stirner articulates a philosophy that remains unsurpassed in its scope.

Paperback: 400 pages
Publisher: Dover Publications (December 16, 2005)

The Social Contract: A Personal Inquiry into the Evolutionary Sources of Order and Disorder (Robert Ardrey's Nature of Man Series) (Volume 3)

“Violation of biological command has been the failure of social man. Vertebrates though we may be, we have ignored the law of equal opportunity since civilization’s earliest hours. Sexually reproducing beings though we are, we pretend today that the law of inequality does not exist. And enlightened though we may be, while we pursue the unattainable we make impossible the realizable.” In his two previous books, Robert Ardrey exploded a series of philosophical landmines. African Genesis (1961) introduced his new evolutionary approach to an understanding of men. Then came The Territorial Imperative (1966), whose title is now a common phrase in our language. The Social Contract is the third in the series, and it denies that men are created equal - but that they deserve absolute equality of opportunity. Robert Ardrey maintains that since the publication of Rousseau’s Social Contract two centuries ago, men have wasted social resources, converted much of education into a process of brain-washing, committed themselves to one political insane asylum after another, all in pursuit of a goal that is a natural impossibility in any sexually reproducing species. Discarding the myth, Robert Ardrey combines his wealth of knowledge of animal ways with the new insights of modern biology and the newest revelations concerning human evolution to probe perplexing contemporary problems: the revolt of the young, the status struggle and the role of leadership, population control, urban overcrowding, violence in civilized life. Praise for the 1970 edition: “Robert Ardrey’s The Social Contract is as imaginative and exciting as his African Genesis or The Territorial Imperative, but this new book is broader in scope, better balanced, and more philosophical than its predecessors. I disagree with some of Ardrey’s opinions concerning human aggression, because I have greater faith than he has in the power of environmental conditioning. But this does not affect my conviction that The Social Contract will be of immense value in helping the public to probe into the dark and misty areas where zoology, anthropology, and prehistory join to account for the origins of man as a social animal.” - Rene Dubos, Rockefeller University

Paperback: 322 pages
Publisher: StoryDesign LTD (September 9, 2014)

Beyond Good & Evil: Prelude to a Philosophy of the Future

Represents Nietzsche's attempt to sum up his philosophy. In nine parts the book is designed to give the reader a comprehensive idea of Nietzsche's thought and style: they span "The Prejudices of Philsophers," "The Free Spirit," religion, morals, scholarship, "Our Virtues," "Peoples and Fatherlands," and "What Is Noble," as well as epigrams and a concluding poem. Beyond Good and Evil is one of the most remarkable and influential books of the nineteenth century.

This translation by Walter Kaufmann has become the standard one, for accuracy and fidelity to the eccentricities and grace of the style of the original. The translation is based on the only edition Nietzsche himself published, and all variant reading in later editions. This volume offers an inclusive index of subjects and persons, as well as a running footnote commentary on the text.

From the Inside Flap

Represents Nietzsche's attempt to sum up his philosophy. In nine parts the book is designed to give the reader a comprehensive idea of Nietzche's thought and style. With an inclusive index of subjects and persons.

Paperback: 288 pages
Publisher: Vintage (December 17, 1989)

Animal Farm

Manor Farm is like any other English farm, expect for a drunken owner, Mr Jones, incompetent workers and oppressed animals. Fed up with the ignorance of their human masters, the animals rise up in rebellion and take over the farm. Led by intellectually superior pigs like Snowball and Napoleon, the animals how to take charge of their destiny and remove the inequities of their lives. But as time passes, the realize that things aren't happening quite as expected. Animal Farm is, one level, a simple story about barnyard animals. On a much deeper level, it is a savage political satire on corrupted ideals, misdirected revolutions and class conflict-themes as valid today as they were sixty years ago.

About the Author

Eric Arthur Blair (George Orwell) was an English writer. His work is characterized by lucid prose, biting social criticism, opposition to totalitarianism, and outspoken support of democratic socialism. He is best-known for his dystopian social-commentary novel 1984 and his allegorical fairytale Animal Farm.

Hardcover: 144 pages
Publisher: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt (November 20, 1990)

The Prince

The Prince is a 16th-century political treatise by the Italian diplomat and political theorist Niccolò Machiavelli. From correspondence a version appears to have been distributed in 1513, using a Latin title, De Principatibus (About Principalities). However, the printed version was not published until 1532, five years after Machiavelli's death. This was done with the permission of the Medici pope Clement VII, but "long before then, in fact since the first appearance of the Prince in manuscript, controversy had swirled about his writings". Although it was written as if it were a traditional work in the mirrors for princes style, it is generally agreed that it was especially innovative. This is only partly because it was written in the vernacular Italian rather than Latin, a practice which had become increasingly popular since the publication of Dante's Divine Comedy and other works of Renaissance literature. The Prince is sometimes claimed to be one of the first works of modern philosophy, especially modern political philosophy, in which the effective truth is taken to be more important than any abstract ideal. It was also in direct conflict with the dominant Catholic and scholastic doctrines of the time concerning how to consider politics and ethics. Although it is relatively short, the treatise is the most remembered of Machiavelli's works and the one most responsible for bringing the word "Machiavellian" into usage as a pejorative. It also helped make "Old Nick" an English term for the devil, and even contributed to the modern negative connotations of the words "politics" and "politician" in western countries. In terms of subject matter it overlaps with the much longer Discourses on Livy, which was written a few years later. In its use of near-contemporary Italians as examples of people who perpetrated criminal deeds for politics, another lesser-known work by Machiavelli which The Prince has been compared to is the Life of Castruccio Castracani. The descriptions within The Prince have the general theme of accepting that the aims of princes—such as glory and survival—can justify the use of immoral means to achieve those ends. “ He who neglects what is done for what ought to be done, sooner effects his ruin than his preservation. ” —Machiavelli, "Chapter 15"

About the Author

Niccolò di Bernardo dei Machiavelli (3 May 1469 21 June 1527) was an Italian historian, politician, diplomat, philosopher, humanist and writer based in Florence during the Renaissance. He was for many years an official in the Florentine Republic, with responsibilities in diplomatic and military affairs. He was a founder of modern political science, and more specifically political ethics. He also wrote comedies, carnival songs, and poetry. His personal correspondence is renowned in the Italian language. He was Secretary to the Second Chancery of the Republic of Florence from 1498 to 1512, when the Medici were out of power. He wrote his masterpiece, The Prince, after the Medici had recovered power and he no longer held a position of responsibility in Florence.

Paperback: 82 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (November 22, 2017)

Theory and History: An Interpretation of Social and Economic Evaluation (Lib Works Ludwig Von Mises CL)

Ludwig von Mises was the leading exponent of the Austrian School of economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He has long been regarded as a most knowledgeable and respected economist, even though his teachings were generally outside the “mainstream.

Theory and History is primarily a critique of Karl Marx, his materialism, and his prediction of the inevitability of socialism. Marx attributes the creation of tools and machines, as well as the economic structure of society, to undefined “material productive forces; Mises rejects this materialistic view; he points out that tools and machines are actually created by individuals acting on the basis of non-materialistic ideas.

This book discusses the theory of economics, i.e., the study of purposive human action, and with history, the record of the past actions of individuals. All actions are determined by ideas. Thoughts and ideas are “real things, Mises writes. “Although intangible and immaterial, they are factors in bringing about changes in the realm, of tangible and material things. Rather than rejecting the study of historical change as a “useless pastime, Mises considers it of the utmost practical importance. “History looks backward into the past, but the lesson it teaches concerns things to come. History opens the mind to an understanding of human nature, increases wisdom, and distinguishes civilized man from the barbarian. Moreover, historical knowledge is of the utmost importance in helping to anticipate and plan for the future.

Though Theory and History may not be studied as often as other, more popular Mises works, it provides great insight into Mises s fundamental thoughts and is a fascinating exploration of human action.

Ludwig von Mises (1881–1973) was the leading spokesman of the Austrian School of Economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Bettina Bien Greaves is a former resident scholar, trustee, and longtime staff member of the Foundation for Economic Education. She has written and lectured extensively on topics of free market economics. Her articles have appeared in such journals as Human Events, Reason, and The Freeman: Ideas on Liberty. A student of Mises, Greaves has become an expert on his work in particular and that of the Austrian School of economics in general. She has translated several Mises monographs, compiled an annotated bibliography of his work, and edited collections of papers by Mises and other members of the Austrian School.

About the Author

Ludwig von Mises (1881-1973) earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Paperback: 281 pages
Publisher: Liberty Fund, Inc. (August 9, 2005)

Human Action: A Treatise on Economics

In the foreword to Human Action: A Treatise on Economics, Mises explains complex market phenomena as "the outcomes of countless conscious, purposive actions, choices, and preferences of individuals, each of whom was trying as best as he or she could under the circumstances to attain various wants and ends and to avoid undesired consequences." It is individual choices in response to personal subjective value judgments that ultimately determine market phenomena—supply and demand, prices, the pattern of production, and even profits and losses. Although governments may presume to set "prices," it is individuals who, by their actions and choices through competitive bidding for money, products, and services, actually determine "prices". Thus, Mises presents economics—not as a study of material goods, services, and products—but as a study of human actions. He sees the science of human action, praxeology, as a science of reason and logic, which recognizes a regularity in the sequence and interrelationships among market phenomena. Mises defends the methodology of praxeology against the criticisms of Marxists, socialists, positivists, and mathematical statisticians.

Mises attributes the tremendous technological progress and the consequent increase in wealth and general welfare in the last two centuries to the introduction of liberal government policies based on free-market economic teachings, creating an economic and political environment which permits individuals to pursue their respective goals in freedom and peace. Mises also explains the futility and counter-productiveness of government attempts to regulate, control, and equalize all people's circumstances: "Men are born unequal and ... it is precisely their inequality that generates social cooperation and civilization."

Ludwig von Mises (1881–1973) was the leading spokesman of the Austrian School of Economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Bettina Bien Greaves is a former resident scholar, trustee, and longtime staff member of the Foundation for Economic Education. She has written and lectured extensively on topics of free market economics. Her articles have appeared in such journals as Human Events, Reason, and The Freeman: Ideas on Liberty. A student of Mises, Greaves has become an expert on his work in particular and that of the Austrian School of economics in general. She has translated several Mises monographs, compiled an annotated bibliography of his work, and edited collections of papers by Mises and other members of the Austrian School.

Paperback: 908 pages
Publisher: Martino Fine Books (October 10, 2012)

Revisionist Viewpoints: Essays in a Dissident Historical Tradition

An outstanding American historian is at his brilliant, pro­vocative best in these essays on World War II war crimes, Allied terror bomb­ing, Fascism, the draft, the American mass media's wartime love affair with Stalin, America's postwar "defense" imperialism, and more. Important for anyone with a serious interest in twentieth century history.

Paperback: 248 pages
Publisher: Ralph Myles; 1st edition (1971)

Disclosure of corporate ownership: Prepared by the Subcommittees on Intergovernmental Relations and Budgeting, Management, and Expenditures of the ... Government Operations, United States Senate

Author: January 1, 1973, by United States. Congress. Senate. Committee on Government Operations. Subcommittee on Intergovernmental Relations

Paperback: 440 pages
Publisher: University of Michigan Library (January 1, 1973)

Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution

“Sutton comes to conclusions that are uncomfortable for many businessmen and economists. For this reason, his work tends to be either dismissed out of hand as ‘extreme’ or, more often, simply ignored.” ―Richard Pipes, Baird Professor Emeritus of History, Harvard University (from Survival Is Not Enough: Soviet Realities and America's Future)

Why did the 1917 American Red Cross Mission to Russia include more financiers than medical doctors? Rather than caring for the victims of war and revolution, its members seemed more intent on negotiating contracts with the Kerensky government and, subsequently, the Bolshevik regime.

In a courageous investigation, Antony Sutton establishes tangible historical links between Russian communists and US capitalists. Drawing on US state department files, personal papers of key Wall Street figures, biographies, and conventional histories, Sutton reveals:

• The role of Morgan banking executives in funneling illegal Bolshevik gold into the US.
• The co-option of the American Red Cross by powerful Wall Street forces.
• The intervention by Wall Street sources to free the Marxist revolutionary Leon Trotsky, whose aim was to topple the Russian government.
• The deals made by major corporations to capture the huge Russian market a decade and a half before the US recognized the Soviet regime.
• The secret sponsoring of Communism by leading businessmen, who publicly championed free enterprise.

Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution traces the foundations of Western funding of the Soviet Union. Dispassionately, and with overwhelming documentation, the author details a crucial phase in the establishment of Communist Russia.

This classic study―first published in 1974 and part of a key trilogy―is reproduced here in its original form. The other volumes in this trilogy are Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler and Wall Street and FDR.

About the Author

Antony C. Sutton (1925-2002) was born in London and educated at the universities of London, Gottingen and California. He was a Research Fellow at the Hoover Institution for War, Revolution, and Peace at Stanford, California, from 1968 to 1973, and later an Economics Professor at California State University, Los Angeles. He is the author of 25 books, including the major three-volume study Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development.

Paperback: 232 pages
Publisher: Clairview Books; Reprint edition (December 1, 2012)

Wall Street and FDR

Franklin D. Roosevelt is frequently described as one of the greatest presidents in American history, remembered for his leadership during the Great Depression and Second World War. Antony Sutton challenges this received wisdom, presenting a controversial but convincing analysis. Based on an extensive study of original documents, he concludes that: * FDR was an elitist who influenced public policy in order to benefit special interests, including his own. * FDR and his Wall Street colleagues were 'corporate socialists', who believed in making society work for their own benefit. * FDR believed in business but not free market economics. Sutton describes the genesis of 'corporate socialism' - acquiring monopolies by means of political influence - which he characterises as 'making society work for the few'. He traces the historical links of the Delano and Roosevelt families to Wall Street, as well as FDR's own political networks developed during his early career as a financial speculator and bond dealer.The New Deal almost destroyed free enterprise in America, but didn't adversely affect FDR's circle of old friends ensconced in select financial institutions and federal regulatory agencies. Together with their corporate allies, this elite group profited from the decrees and programmes generated by their old pal in the White House, whilst thousands of small businesses suffered and millions were unemployed. Wall Street and FDR is much more than a fascinating historical and political study. Many contemporary parallels can be drawn to Sutton's powerful presentation given the recent banking crises and worldwide governments' bolstering of private institutions via the public purse. This classic study - first published in 1975 as the conclusion of a key trilogy - is reproduced here in its original form. (The other volumes in the series are Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler and Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution.)

About the Author

ANTONY C. SUTTON, born in London in 1925, was educated at the universities of London, Gottingen and California. He was a Research Fellow at the Hoover Institution for War, Revolution and Peace at Stanford, California, from 1968 to 1973 and later an Economics Professor at California State University, Los Angeles. He is the author of 25 books, including the major three-volume study Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development. He died in 2002.

Paperback: 200 pages
Publisher: Clairview Books; New edition edition (January 1, 2014)

The Triumph of Conservatism

From the birth of Democracy in Athens, the true battle has been between the philosophy of Draco and the philosophy of Solon, philosophies of constancy and progression, respectively. In our time we call them Conservative and Liberal, and each sees the other as evil and a danger to Democracy. This book is a reinterpretation of the so-called "Progressive Era" under the presidencies of Teddy Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson, with the relatively draconian presidency of William Taft in between.

Paperback: 356 pages
Publisher: Free Press; unknown edition (March 1, 1977)

The Wall Street Gang

This book offers investors an inquiry into the squeeze play of Wall Street wheeler-dealers and also provides them with an approach to the market that shows them how to time their investment decisions to coincide with those of the exchange insider. From beginning to end, The Wall Street Gang reads like a suspense story as the author shows how the great wealth and power of the New York Stock Exchange depend on the ignorance and confusion of the investing public. With penetrating insight, he analyzes the basic problems posed to investors by a financial system that is able to manipulate and control investors, stock prices, the media, politicians, and the executive suite of every major corporation in America. In documenting the failure of the SEC and Interstate Commerce Commission to regulate and the complicity between the government and Wall Street insiders, he uses charts and tables that are informative and more illuminating than similar charts that appear in daily papers because of the lucid explanations that accompany them. Case histories enable the investor to recognize the symptoms of fraud and prepare to take action if necessary. In another section of the book, he informs investors of their recourse to the courts as vehicles for the recovery of damages when stockbrokers violate the securities laws.

Hardcover: 284 pages
Publisher: Praeger Publishers, Inc.; 1st edition (May 1974)

The Rich and the Super-Rich: A Study in the Power of Money Today

In the late 1930s bombshell of a book appeared which told the story of the lords of wealth and their glittering clans. It was called AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. It rocked the nation and became a classic.

Lundberg showed how America was ruled by a plutocracy of inherited wealth, even under the New Deal. At the time he could only provide a sampling of the economic and political patterns of those families, which, for one reason or another, had come under public scrutiny. In addition to the Sixty Families he dealt with in depth, he was able to outline the probable holdings of a few hundred other families.

The author, in writing THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH, had at his disposal infinitely richer data, monographs, Congressional investigations than were available three decades ago. They have made it possible for him to give us a book which is much more than a mere updating of AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. It is, rather, a systematic study of the entire wealthy class and its familial structure. (In one important aspect it resembles AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES: It is written for the layman to awaken the reader to the real and little-known situation.) Original publication was delayed to update John Paul Getty's most current wealth.

These families have all the old levers of power and pelf plus a whole host of new ones created for them during the intervening decades by the politicians, lawyers and judges who serve them. Although published in 1968 and rocketed to the top of the bestseller list, the wealth managed by these families remains a significant force in today’s economy and should not be underestimated.

Ferdinand Lundberg’s IMPERIAL HEARST was the basis for the screenplay CITIZEN KANE. Other bestsellers include MODERN WOMEN: THE LOST SEX (in collaboration) and the book for which he is most noted, AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. This book was embraced by New Deal leaders and helped to shape the destiny of the Roosevelt Administration in its early years.

During World War II, Lundberg was an economist with the War Production Board and the War Shipping Administration. After the war, he served the Twentieth Century Fund as editor and began teaching—first at Finch College, New York, and then as Adjunct Professor of Social Philosophy at New York University. He took leave in 1965 to devote all his time to writing THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH, published in 1968. It became the number one bestselling book in the United States. It was translated and published in eight other countries and became number one in Germany for many months.

Mr. Lundberg completed his formal education at Columbia University, where he was awarded the B.Sc. and M.A.

Hardcover: 812 pages
Publisher: Lyle Stuart; 1st edition (June 1, 1968)

America's 60 Families

Originally published in 1937, this early work on American politics is both expensive and hard to find in its first edition. It details the history of industrial trusts, finance, business and the federal government during the early twentieth century. This is a fascinating work and thoroughly recommended for anyone interested in American history. Many of the earliest books, particularly those dating back to the 1900s and before, are now extremely scarce. We are republishing these classic works in affordable, high quality, modern editions, using the original text and artwork.

Hardcover: 566 pages
Publisher: Lundberg Press (November 4, 2008)

Who Rules America?

Drawing from a power elite perspective and the latest empirical data, Domhoff’s classic text is an invaluable tool for teaching students about how power operates in U.S. society. Domhoff argues that the owners and top-level managers in large income-producing properties are far and away the dominant figures in the U.S. Their corporations, banks, and agribusinesses come together as a corporate community that dominates the federal government in Washington and their real estate, construction, and land development companies form growth coalitions that dominate most local governments. By providing empirical evidence for his argument, Domhoff encourages students to think critically about the power structure in American society and its implications for our democracy.

Paperback: 184 pages
Publisher: Prentice Hall; 1st edition (December 1967)

< The Higher Circles: The Governing Class in America

Contents:

• Social indicators and social institutions of the upper class.
• The feminine half of the upper class.
• The jet set, celebrities, and the upper class.
• Cohesion and consciousness: is there an American upper class?
• How the power elite make foreign policy.
• How the power elite shape social legislation.
• The power elite, the CIA, and the struggle for minds.
• Dan Smott, Phyllis Schlafly, Reverend McBirnie, and me.
• Where a pluralist goes wrong.

Hardcover: 367 pages
Publisher: Random House; 1st edition (1970)

The Money Lords: The Great Finance Capitalists 1925-1950

After the Robber Barons came the new kings of capitalism.

Hardcover: 374 pages
Publisher: Weybright and Talley (1972)

The Robber Barons

Rockefeller, Morgan, Vanderbilt, Carnegie, Harriman, Gould, Frick ... this is the story of the giant American capitalists who seized economic power after the Civil War and altered the shape of American life forever.

Paperback: 474 pages
Publisher: Mariner Books (January 24, 1962)

The Plot to Seize the White House: The Shocking True Story of the Conspiracy to Overthrow FDR

Most people will be shocked to learn that in 1933 a cabal of wealthy industrialists—in league with groups like the K.K.K. and the American Liberty League—planned to overthrow the U.S. government in a fascist coup. Their plan was to turn discontented veterans into American “brown shirts,” depose F.D.R., and stop the New Deal. They clandestinely asked Medal of Honor recipient and Marine Major General Smedley Darlington Butler to become the first American Caesar. He, though, was a true patriot and revealed the plot to journalists and to Congress. In a time when a sitting President has invoked national security to circumvent constitutional checks and balances, this episode puts the spotlight on attacks upon our democracy and the individual courage needed to repel them.

About the Author

Jules Archer served four years during World War II in the Pacific with the Army Air Corps. He wrote many books on political events and personalities, including "The Dictators"; " Hawks, Doves and the Eagle"; and "The Extremists." He lived in New York until his passing.

Anne Cipriano Venzon (Introduction): Anne Cipriano Venzon is the author of " General Smedley Darlington Butler."

Paperback: 256 pages
Publisher: Skyhorse Publishing; First Edition, 2nd Printing edition (March 1, 2007)

David: Report on a Rockefeller

David Report on a Rockefeller by William Hoffman

Hardcover: 192 pages
Publisher: Lyle Stuart, Inc. (December 1971)

The Incredible Rocky Vs the Power of the People!

Oversized Underground exposing the dark side of America' richest family.

Comic: 49 pages
Publisher: North American Congress on Latin America (January 1, 1975)

History of the Great American Fortunes: Volume I

In writing this work my aim has been to give the exact facts as far as the available material allows. Necessarily it is impossible, from the very nature of the case, to obtain all the facts. It is obvious that in both past and present times the chief beneficiaries of our social and industrial system have found it to their interest to represent their accumulations as the rewards of industry and ability, and have likewise had the strongest motives for concealing the circumstances of all those complex and devious methods which have been used in building up great fortunes. In this they have been assisted by a society so constituted that the means by which these great fortunes have been amassed have been generally lauded as legitimate and exemplary.

The possessors of towering fortunes have hitherto been described in two ways. On the one hand, they have been held up as marvels of success, as preëminent examples of thrift, enterprise and extraordinary ability. More recently, however, the tendency in certain quarters has been diametrically the opposite. This latter class of writers, intent upon pandering to a supposed popular appetite for sensation, pile exposure upon exposure, and hold up the objects of their diatribes as monsters of commercial and political crime. Neither of these classes has sought to establish definitely the relation of the great fortunes to the social and industrial system which has propagated them. Consequently, these superficial effusions and tirades—based upon a lack of understanding of the propelling forces of society—have little value other than as reflections of a certain aimless and disordered spirit of the times. With all their volumes of print, they leave us in possession of a scattered array of assertions, bearing some resemblance to facts, which, however, fail to be facts inasmuch as they are either distorted to take shape as fulsome eulogies or as wild, meaningless onslaughts.

They give no explanation of the fundamental laws and movements of the present system, which have resulted in these vast fortunes; nor is there the least glimmering of a scientific interpretation of a succession of states and tendencies from which these men of great wealth have emerged. With an entire absence of comprehension, they portray our multimillionaires as a phenomenal group whose sudden rise to their sinister and overshadowing position is a matter of wonder and surprise. They do not seem to realize for a moment—what is clear to every real student of economics—that the great fortunes are the natural, logical outcome of a system based upon factors the inevitable result of which is the utter despoilment of the many for the benefit of a few.

About the Author

GUSTAVUS MYERS, 1872 - 1942, was a the pioneering historian who wrote ten major works during his life.

Paperback: 114 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (September 30, 2014)

National Suicide: Military Aid to the Soviet Union

You may read this book and think the author "dreamed a dream that could not be." For Antony Sutton, research fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University, proves that there is no such thing as Soviet technology, only American and allied technology on Soviet soil. Technology that maimed and killed American boys in Korea and Vietnam.

Bridge building to Communist Russia is nothing new. It started early in 1918. With mountains of documentation Mr. Sutton shows that 90 to 95 percent of Soviet technology since 1918 has come from America and its allies . . . that we've built for, or sold, or traded, or given outright to the Communists everything from copper wiring and motor vehicles to combat tanks, missile equipment and computers . . . that we are today giving equipment to build the world 's largest heavy­ truck plant (output: 100,000 ten-ton trucks per year - more than all U.S. manufacturers produce in a year) . . . that "peaceful trade" is a myth . . . that to the Soviets all goods are strategic. All this, to create and maintain an enemy that we annually spend $80 billion to defend against.

National Suicide, researched for over ten years, mentions scores of products passed on to the Soviets (down to the design specifications, in some cases). It fearlessly names the guilty manufacturers and politicians - right up to Presidents of the United States.

The government won't like this book. It blows the lid off information that has been kept from the public till now. But Americans weary of no-win wars and taxpayers repelled at subsidizing our enemy will hail this scholarly, gutsy volume.

Hardcover: 283 pages
Publisher: Arlington House; 1st edition (1973)

Lindbergh On the Federal Reserve (The Economic Pinch)

1968: by Charles A. Lindbergh- The key to all the good things is the mind, so open your mind and begin to think.

Paperback: 249 pages
Publisher: Noontide Press; New edition edition (December 1968)

Collective Speeches of Congressman Louis T. McFadden; Federal Reserve Exposed

Speeches from famous, patriotic, uncorruptible US politician.

Paperback: ? pages
Publisher: Omni Publications; 3rd First publisher in 1970 edition (2005)

< The Federal Reserve Bank

No details

Paperback: 256 pages
Publisher: Noontide Press; Revised Printing edition (1968)

None Dare Call It Conspiracy

This book is a primer for anyone who wishes to understand the basic workings of the global network of Insiders that is determined to wield power over all of mankind in the coming New World Order. The Special Edition is updated with illustrations and charts for 2013. Introduction by U.S. Congressman John G. Schmitz: The story you are about to read is true. The names have not been changed to protect the guilty. This book may have the effect of changing your life. After reading this book, you will never look at national and world events in the same way again. None Dare Call It Conspiracy will be a very controversial book. At first it will receive little publicity and those whose plans are exposed in it will try to kill it by the silent treatment. For reasons that become obvious as you read this book, it will not be reviewed in all the "proper" places or be available on your local book stand. However, there is nothing these people can do to stop a grass roots book distributing system. Eventually it will be necessary for the people and organizations named in this book to try to blunt its effect by attacking it or the author. They have a tremendous vested interest in keeping you from discovering what they are doing. And they have the big guns of the mass media at their disposal to fire the barrages at None Dare Call It Conspiracy. By sheer volume, the "experts" will try to ridicule you out of investigating for yourself as to whether or not the information in this book is true They will ignore the fact that the author about to conjecture. They will find a typographical error or ague some point that is open to debate. If necessary they will lie in order to protect themselves by smearing this book. I believe those who pooh-pooh the information herein because psychologically many people would prefer to believe we are because we all like to ignore bad news. We do so at our own peril.

Paperback: 160 pages
Publisher: Dauphin Publications; Special edition (January 30, 2013)

Richard Nixon the Man Behind the Mask

No Details

Paperback: 433 pages
Publisher: Western Islands (June 1, 1971)

The Rockefeller File - Secret

The super rich in America enjoy power and prerogatives un-imaginable to most of us. Who can conceive of owning a private empire that includes 100 homes, 2,500 servants, untold thousands of luxuries, and untold millions of dollars? America has a royal family of finance that has known such riches for generations. It is, of course, the Rockefellers. But if the Rockefellers were content with their wealth, if their riches had satisfied their desires, this book would not have been written. And I would not be urging you to read it. Money alone is not enough to quench the thirst and lusts of the super-rich. Instead, many of them use their vast wealth, and the influence such riches give them, to achieve even more power. Power of a magnitude never dreamed of by the tyrants and despots of earlier ages. Power on a world wide scale. Power over people, not just products...

Paperback: 194 pages
Publisher: 76 Press (1976)

The Invisible Government

Dan Smoot's "Invisble Government" sold about 1 million copies through self-publishing alone, but it did not appear on the New York Times "Best Sellers List" of 1962. Essentially it is a book dealing with organization called The Council on Foreign Relations founded by Edward Mandel House, one of the Dullers brothers and others devoted to bringing "socialism as dreamed of by Karl Marx.", to quote House, to this country. The writing is dry but effective. Had he lived, Senator Joseph McCarthy might have written this book himself since the Council is one of groups that he was getting into his sights before Eisenhower stopped him. What Dan Smoot revealed is how ITC control of the national medias is so pervasive that true and vital news seldom gets to the populace at large. Smoot's anaylsis of it's goals bear close attention for those who are interested in answering befuddling questions about U.S. foreign and domestic policies. Over twenty six years later "The Shadows of Power" by James Perloff, brought the CFR up to date, and the report on how this subversive organization has not been dealt with is not good! From what one may gather after reading "The Invisible Government" is how many lives have been ruined or lost in order to fulfill the dreams of a few determined to create a "New World Order". If you think this is only the stuff of Ian Flemming or H.G. Wells, Smoot's book goes a long way to prove otherwise.

About the Author

Dan Smoot (1913-2003) was an FBI agent and a conservative political activist. From the 1950s to 1971 , he published The Dan Smoot Report, which chronicled alleged communist infiltration in various sectors of American government and society. In 1970 , he opposed the selection of a future U.S. president, George Herbert Walker Bush, as the Republican nominee for the U.S. Senate from Texas. He claimed that Bush's political philosophy was little different from the Democrats that he sought to oppose. Bush lost the Senate election that year to popular Democrat Lloyd M. Bentsen, Jr. In 1972 , Smoot opposed the reelection of Richard M. Nixon and served as campaign manager for American Independent Party presidential candidate John G. Schmitz of California.

Paperback: 176 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (December 31, 2013)

Naked Capitalist

In "The Naked Capitalist" , Dr. Skousen reviews the book "Tragedy and Hope" by Carroll Quigley. It reveals how some of the richest people in the world have supported communism and socialism. Why would they support what appears to be the pathway to their own destruction? Dr. Quigley has been associated with many of these dynastic families of the super-rich. Dr. Skousen therefore writes as an authority on the world's secret power structure. His answers to the above question will astonish you.

About the Author

W. Cleon Skousen is best remembered as a popular author, speaker and teacher who lectured in every state and province in North America, and in more than 60 countries world-wide. He was a student of history and a scholar of law, specializing in the principles of Freedom, the U.S. Constitution, economics, and ancient history and scriptures.

He was invited to write a new constitution for Canada and the proposed United States of Latin America, and he published a model constitution that could be adopted by nations everywhere. He served in the FBI for 16 years, four years as Chief of Police in Salt Lake City, and ten years as a university professor. He was a prolific writer and produced three national best sellers, The Naked Communist, The Naked Capitalist, and The Five Thousand Year Leap. Eight of his books were used as college texts, and several were translated and published in other countries.

Dr. Skousen was born in Canada, and returned to the U.S. with his family at age ten. He spent two years in Mexico, two years in England, graduated from San Bernardino College in California, and received his juris doctor degree from George Washington University Law School. He was admitted to practice law in the District of Columbia and before the District Court of Appeals and the U.S. Supreme Court.

His seminars on the Constitution have been taught to several million across the U.S., and among his students were dozens of U.S. Senators and Representatives, two Supreme Court justices, and several candidates for President. He believed knowledge and understanding were key to maintaining a free country, and spent his entire adult life opening up complex issues for deeper understanding by students and audiences all around the world.

Dr. Skousen and his wife, Jewel Pitcher of San Bernardino, California, are the parents of eight children, 50 grandchildren, and more than 120 great-grandchildren.

Paperback: 144 pages
Publisher: Reviewer; Later Printing edition (January 1, 1993)

Captain and the Kings

New York Times Bestseller: Sweeping from the 1850s through the early 1920s, this towering family saga examines the price of ambition and power.

Joseph Francis Xavier Armagh is twelve years old when he gets his first glimpse of the promised land of America through a dirty porthole in steerage on an Irish immigrant ship. His long voyage, dogged by tragedy, ends not in the great city of New York but in the bigoted, small town of Winfield, Pennsylvania, where his younger brother, Sean, and his infant sister, Regina, are sent to an orphanage. Joseph toils at whatever work will pay a living wage and plans for the day he can take his siblings away from St. Agnes’s Orphanage and make a home for them all.

Joseph’s journey will catapult him to the highest echelons of power and grant him entry into the most elite political circles. Even as misfortune continues to follow the Armagh family like an ancient curse, Joseph takes his revenge against the uncaring world that once took everything from him. He orchestrates his eldest son Rory’s political ascent from the offspring of an Irish immigrant to US senator. And Joseph will settle for nothing less than the pinnacle of glory: seeing his boy crowned the first Catholic president of the United States.

Spanning seventy years, Captains and the Kings, which was adapted into an eight-part television miniseries, is Taylor Caldwell’s masterpiece about nineteenth- and early twentieth-century America, and the grit, ambition, fortitude, and sheer hubris it takes for an immigrant to survive and thrive in a dynamic new land.

About the Author

Taylor Caldwell (1900–1985) was one of the most prolific and widely read authors of the twentieth century. Born Janet Miriam Holland Taylor Caldwell in Manchester, England, she moved with her family to Buffalo, New York, in 1907. She started writing stories when she was eight years old and completed her first novel when she was twelve. Married at age eighteen, Caldwell worked as a stenographer and court reporter to help support her family and took college courses at night, earning a bachelor of arts degree from the University of Buffalo in 1931. She adopted the pen name Taylor Caldwell because legendary editor Maxwell Perkins thought her debut novel, Dynasty of Death (1938), would be better received if readers assumed it were written by a man. In a career that spanned five decades, Caldwell published forty novels, many of which were New York Times bestsellers. Her best-known works include the historical sagas The Sound of Thunder (1957), Testimony of Two Men (1968), Captains and the Kings (1972), and Ceremony of the Innocent (1976), and the spiritually themed novels The Listener (1960) and No One Hears But Him (1966). Dear and Glorious Physician (1958), a portrayal of the life of St. Luke, and Great Lion of God (1970), about the life of St. Paul, are among the bestselling religious novels of all time. Caldwell’s last novel, Answer as a Man (1981), hit the New York Times bestseller list before its official publication date. She died at her home in Greenwich, Connecticut, in 1985.

Hardcover: 756 pages
Publisher: Doubleday & Co; First Edition, First Printing edition (1972)

Proofs of a Conspiracy

This anthology is a thorough introduction to classic literature for those who have not yet experienced these literary masterworks. For those who have known and loved these works in the past, this is an invitation to reunite with old friends in a fresh new format. From Shakespeare s finesse to Oscar Wilde s wit, this unique collection brings together works as diverse and influential as The Pilgrim s Progress and Othello. As an anthology that invites readers to immerse themselves in the masterpieces of the literary giants, it is must-have addition to any library.

About the Author

John Robison has been certified by the American Canoe Association in coastal kayak, whitewater kayak, and whitewater canoe instruction and has paddled extensively around the world. --This text refers to an alternate Paperback edition.

Paperback: 194 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (April 23, 2012)

Secret Societies & Subversive Movements

This work has been selected by scholars as being culturally important, and is part of the knowledge base of civilization as we know it. This work was reproduced from the original artifact, and remains as true to the original work as possible. Therefore, you will see the original copyright references, library stamps (as most of these works have been housed in our most important libraries around the world), and other notations in the work.

This work is in the public domain in the United States of America, and possibly other nations. Within the United States, you may freely copy and distribute this work, as no entity (individual or corporate) has a copyright on the body of the work.

As a reproduction of a historical artifact, this work may contain missing or blurred pages, poor pictures, errant marks, etc. Scholars believe, and we concur, that this work is important enough to be preserved, reproduced, and made generally available to the public. We appreciate your support of the preservation process, and thank you for being an important part of keeping this knowledge alive and relevant.

About the Author

Nesta Helen Webster (Mrs. Arthur Webster), (24 August 1876 – 16 May 1960) was a controversial author who revived conspiracy theories about the Illuminati. She argued that the secret society's members were occultists, plotting communist world domination, using the idea of a Jewish cabal,[citation needed] the Masons and Jesuits as a smokescreen. According to her, their international subversion included the French Revolution, 1848 Revolution, the First World War, and the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917. In 1920, Webster was one of the contributing authors who wrote The Jewish Peril, a series of articles in the London Morning Post centred on the Protocols of the Elders of Zion. These articles were subsequently compiled and published in the same year in book form under the title of The Cause of World Unrest. Webster claimed that the authenticity of the Protocols of the Elders of Zion was an "open question" --This text refers to an alternate Paperback edition.

Paperback: 432 pages
Publisher: EWorld Inc. (October 31, 2014)

The Truth About The Slump: What The News Never Tells

This book tells the story of who caused the slump and how they caused it, and it directs attention to two simple steps that can be taken to save our farmers and traders. No greater mistake can be made than to suppose that the present slump in commodity prices is due to blind economic forces. The depression from which we now suffer is due to an artificially induced variation in the purchasing power of money. In these pages will be found ample evidence in support of this statement. The quarter from which the trouble is coming is indicated, and the amazing manner in which the machinery for monetary control of the world was established is traced out. The story of the slump is essentially a story of men and their motives. Some of those motives, such as declarations of hostility to the British Empire, and action inimical to it, are matters of open public record : others are a matter of speculation. The facts set out rest upon unimpeachable authority, and the sources are given throughout. Any reader who has access to a large library can verify them all for himself, and by a little research would doubtless uncover much additional matter supplementing and confirming what the present author has assembled. Nevertheless, one may search in vain through the newspaper press, through the utterances of public men, through practically the whole current literature of today, for any reference to these central, pivotal facts governing the whole world price level and the financial and economic situation today. Why this silence? The answer is that the most potent forces in the world today are forces that do not work in the open. They could not work in the open : for if they did mankind would not for one instant tolerate their continuance. It is essential for the success of their plans that the people of the world should be unaware of the chains that have been made to enmesh them. A small number of persons in different countries have shown by their utterances that they are well aware of what is taking place - or, rather, has been taking placefor the chain of events extends back over a long period of time. Three-quarters of a century ago Disraeli told Britain's House of Commons that "the world is governed by very different persons from what is imagined by those who are not behind the scenes." In a recent interview, General Ludendorff, chief of the German General Staff through the war, declared that the world today is ruled by "secret supra-national powers," "the same diabolically clever wire-pullers that brought about the last cataclysm." In the London "National Review" six years ago Mr. Arthur Kitson wrote about "Our Invisible Rulers," and in other articles has expounded this same theme. In giving evidence before a United States Congressional committee in 1926, Mr. Western Starr, head of the United States Farmer-Labour Party, declared that unless a certain group of men, whom he referred to as "these old men of the sea," had their power curbed the world would be plunged into another war, compared with which the last war would be "like a Fourth of July picnic.' ' More cryptically, but none the less significantly, Sir Josiah Stamp, one of Britain's foremost business men and economists, has expressed the opinion-remarkable as coming from a director of the Bank of England-that money, after having brought civilisation to its present level, may well "actually destroy society." When the reader has digested the facts herein assembled this statement may fall less incredibly on his ear. It is impossible to maintain our country in a state of security unless we face the facts and conform to reality. Our national peril is that we are ignoring all the vital facts of the situation. Our enemies are none the less real because their ways are hidden ways. But they are a thousand times more insidious. What the war failed to do they seek, to accomplish, and their ambition is to shatter in bankruptcy and ruin the once-splendid fabric of the British Empire. A. N. FIELD. Okiwi Bay, Croixelles. February, 1931. ...

Paperback: 210 pages
Publisher: A. N. Field; First Edition edition (1931)

The Untold History: How the British East India Company's "Pre-Fabian" philosophical radicals set up Capitalism and its antithesis Communisim

No details available

Unknown Binding: 290 pages
Publisher: The Committee for the Restoration of the Republic (1954)

Karl Marx, Capitalist

For over a century, Marxism and Communism have been loudly proclaimed as the only means of eliminating poverty, exploitation, and human misery. Yet, wherever Communism has been established, the exact opposite has happened. Rather than generating prosperity, it breeds economic paralysis, exploitation, poverty and human misery. For years Americans have been told that the goal of our foreign policy is to fight Communism. Untold billions have been spent on foreign aid and almost perpetual wars have been fought in pursuance of these doctrines. Yet the Socialist-Communist countries continue to expand their empires and boastfully proclaim their intention of overthrowing Capitalism and "burying us." But, if Capitalism is overthrown, we will have Communism (or Socialism), which is what we have been fighting all the time. Or have we? Clearly our attempts to "stop Communism" over the past twenty-five years have been either a total failure or a smashing success, depending on one'[s point of view. Even on a random chance basis, the United States would have been right approximately fifty percent of the time. Since our nation has been almost "perpetually wrong," it should now be obvious that the real purposes behind our seemingly disastrous domestic and foreign policies are being concealed, and the frenzied collectivization of our nation is part of a deliberately calculated plan. The forces behind today's tragic events are far different than many would suppose. When the truth is finally revealed, we will find that Communism is merely one link in a much larger movement which embraces total world domination as its ultimate aim. Powerful forces have been working toward this end for centuries, and they now feel that their goal is in sight.... Whether or not these champions of evil succeed will depend on how an alerted America reacts when the truth of the magnitude of this betrayal is ... our nation to the brink of economic moral and military disaster. --- excerpts from Introduction

Paperback: 126 pages
Publisher: Enterprise Publications (1972)

Rockefeller "Internationalist": The Man Who Misrules The World

The Anomalies Network is proud to present another conspiracy book lost to the mists of time. For our current selection we have chosen to release Rockefeller "Industrialist" : The Man Who Misrules the World from our public domain archive. In this pioneering work, Emanuel Joesephson exposes Rockefeller's schemes in finance, education, medicine, social work, philanthropy, foreign and domestic policy. He also relates with extreme detail, though documentation and researched accounts nefarious scams engineered by Rockefeller including his links with the infamous German chemical cartel I.G. Farbin and Rockefeller's own support not only of Hitler but also the Soviet Union. You also gain a keen insight Into one of the true architects of the New World Order as we know it today. Now back in print for the first time in 50 years, Rockefeller "Industrialist" : The Man Who Misrules the World.

Paperback: 442 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (July 4, 2008)

The Creature from Jekyll Island

Review

G. Edward Griffin is to be commended for this splendid work. At first glance The Creature from Jekyll Island is a huge book. While this may be daunting to some, once the book is actually started, it flows smoothly and reads quickly. There are so many fascinating tidbits of information here that the reader won't even be concerned about the size of the book. The title refers to the formation of the Federal Reserve System, which occurred at a secret meeting at Jekyll Island, Georgia in 1910. It was at this meeting, as Griffin relates, that the "Money Trust", composed of the richest and most powerful bankers in the world, along with a U.S. Senator, wrote the proposal to launch the Federal Reserve System (which Griffin calls a banking cartel) to control the financial system so that the bankers will always come out on top. The biggest problem in modern banking, according to Griffin, is and has always been the creation of fiat money. Fiat money is money that is "declared" money by the government. It is not backed by anything but promises and deceit. All societies were sound financially when they used gold or silver to back their currency. When the bankers finally get their way and install fiat money, the result is inflation and boom and bust cycles. Griffin gives numerous examples of this, such as repeated failures by American colonies and European states in using fiat money. The purpose of fiat money is so that the government can spend more then they take in through taxes. Without writing reams on this book, it is sufficient to say that this is a must read for anyone who is interested in learning how the money system operates. Griffin gives comprehensive accounts of how the Fed creates money, and how this affects everyday life. I would have to say these sections are better than Murray Rothbard's book, The Case Against the Fed, because Griffin gives himself more room for explanation. Griffin does believe in the conspiratorial view of history, and he believes that the bankers are working in concert with such groups as the Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission to bring about a socialist-world system in which an elite composed of intellectuals and bankers will rule over the entire planet. Griffin even spends a chapter outlining how this system could come about, and the consequent results of this socialist system. These chapters are a bit unsettling, but even if you aren't interested in this worldview, you can still learn much about the economy from this book. Recommended --By Jeffrey Leach on July 29, 2001

This book, while slightly marred by the occasional conspiracy theory, is a great account of one of the most important real life conspiracies of our time. It is well researched with plenty of footnotes for anyone who wants to look more deeply. It tells the real story of how bankers have lured politicians with easy money and ended up in control of most of the world. Whether or not they can keep up our (or rather, their) sleight-of-hand monetary system forever, the important thing is the power these bankers wield that should not be theirs. This book should be required reading. And by all means do your own research. Topics covered: founding of the Federal Reserve, war mongering, bail-outs, boom-bust cycles, the J.P.Morgans and Rothschilds of the world, the history of central banking in the United States, and most fascinating: how the money system really works in this country. Despite its lack of perfection, this book is by far the most relevant and interesting thing I have read about economics in a long time. It is written in terms that anyone can understand, which will immediately rule out the kind of reader who is impressed by a lot of technical jargon that supposedly demonstrates an author's mastery of the subject while only serving to confuse laymen (and experts too). --By A Customer on October 30, 1999

This book, while slightly marred by the occasional conspiracy theory, is a great account of one of the most important real life conspiracies of our time. It is well researched with plenty of footnotes for anyone who wants to look more deeply. It tells the real story of how bankers have lured politicians with easy money and ended up in control of most of the world. Whether or not they can keep up our (or rather, their) sleight-of-hand monetary system forever, the important thing is the power these bankers wield that should not be theirs. This book should be required reading. And by all means do your own research. Topics covered: founding of the Federal Reserve, war mongering, bail-outs, boom-bust cycles, the J.P.Morgans and Rothschilds of the world, the history of central banking in the United States, and most fascinating: how the money system really works in this country. Despite its lack of perfection, this book is by far the most relevant and interesting thing I have read about economics in a long time. It is written in terms that anyone can understand, which will immediately rule out the kind of reader who is impressed by a lot of technical jargon that supposedly demonstrates an author's mastery of the subject while only serving to confuse laymen (and experts too). --By A Customer on October 30, 1999

About the Author

Mr. Griffin is a graduate of the University of Michigan, where he majored in speech and communications. He is a recipient of the Telly Award for excellence in television production. He is the founder of the Cancer Cure Foundation and has served on the board of directors of the National Health Federation and the International Association of Cancer Victims and Friends. He is a Contributing Editor for The New American magazine, president of American Media and founder of the Reality Zone.

Paperback: 608 pages
Publisher: American Media; 5th edition (September 11, 2010)

The Reign of the House of Rothschild

This volume carries on the history of the House of Rothschild as revealed by the relevant documents from 1830 up to the peace that concluded the Franco-Prussian War in 1871. In the writing of this volume, the Rothschild families have brought no influence of any kind to bear; the author's aim has been to portray without prejudice or partiality the tremendous part that the House played in the events of the nineteenth century. Original documents and letters that had been intercepted have occasionally afforded particularly illuminating revelations; although, in the case of extracts from some of the letters, it is necessary to bear in mind that the originals were probably carefully altered by the Rothschilds themselves, with the deliberate intention of making upon persons like Metternich a definite impression such as would assist them in carrying out their plans. Seen in this light they are no less instructive and characteristic of the methods of the House than the more ingenuous documents that undoubtedly constitute a large proportion of those used in this work.

The epilogue which appears at the end of the book makes no claim to continue the treatment of the subject on the same lines; it merely attempts to bring out one or two of the more striking moves executed by the House of Rothschild on the political chessboard during the sixty years leading up to the present day, moves which show how the House, in spite of growing difficulties, vanishing influence, and the powerful competition of younger and richer firms, has endeavored until the most recent times to maintain its position, to influence international policies, and although with diminishing success, to drive them along the path which corresponded to the interests of the bank.

Hardcover: 457 pages
Publisher: Cosmopolitan book corporation; First Edition edition (1928)

The Ego and His Own: The Case of the Individual Against Authority (Dover Books on Western Philosophy)

Credited with influencing the philosophies of Nietzsche and Ayn Rand and the development of libertarianism and existentialism, this prophetic 1844 work challenges the very notion of a common good as the driving force of civilization. By examining the role of the human ego, author Max Stirner chronicles the battle of the individual against the collective — showing how, throughout history, the latter invariably leads to oppression. Stirner begins with a study of the individual ego and then traces its subjugation from ancient times to the nineteenth century. Nothing escapes his indictment: the ancient philosophers, Christianity, monarchism, the bourgeois state; all have fettered individuals with laws, morality, and obligations. Revolutions expunge one evil only to replace it with another, and Stirner predicted — years before the publication of Marx's Manifesto — that socialism would climax in the ultimate totalitarian state.

For students of political science and philosophy, this book is essential reading. For those concerned about the encroachment of authority upon individual liberty, Stirner articulates a philosophy that remains unsurpassed in its scope.

Paperback: 400 pages
Publisher: Dover Publications (December 16, 2005)

The Social Contract: A Personal Inquiry into the Evolutionary Sources of Order and Disorder (Robert Ardrey's Nature of Man Series) (Volume 3)

“Violation of biological command has been the failure of social man. Vertebrates though we may be, we have ignored the law of equal opportunity since civilization’s earliest hours. Sexually reproducing beings though we are, we pretend today that the law of inequality does not exist. And enlightened though we may be, while we pursue the unattainable we make impossible the realizable.” In his two previous books, Robert Ardrey exploded a series of philosophical landmines. African Genesis (1961) introduced his new evolutionary approach to an understanding of men. Then came The Territorial Imperative (1966), whose title is now a common phrase in our language. The Social Contract is the third in the series, and it denies that men are created equal - but that they deserve absolute equality of opportunity. Robert Ardrey maintains that since the publication of Rousseau’s Social Contract two centuries ago, men have wasted social resources, converted much of education into a process of brain-washing, committed themselves to one political insane asylum after another, all in pursuit of a goal that is a natural impossibility in any sexually reproducing species. Discarding the myth, Robert Ardrey combines his wealth of knowledge of animal ways with the new insights of modern biology and the newest revelations concerning human evolution to probe perplexing contemporary problems: the revolt of the young, the status struggle and the role of leadership, population control, urban overcrowding, violence in civilized life. Praise for the 1970 edition: “Robert Ardrey’s The Social Contract is as imaginative and exciting as his African Genesis or The Territorial Imperative, but this new book is broader in scope, better balanced, and more philosophical than its predecessors. I disagree with some of Ardrey’s opinions concerning human aggression, because I have greater faith than he has in the power of environmental conditioning. But this does not affect my conviction that The Social Contract will be of immense value in helping the public to probe into the dark and misty areas where zoology, anthropology, and prehistory join to account for the origins of man as a social animal.” - Rene Dubos, Rockefeller University

Paperback: 322 pages
Publisher: StoryDesign LTD (September 9, 2014)

Beyond Good & Evil: Prelude to a Philosophy of the Future

Represents Nietzsche's attempt to sum up his philosophy. In nine parts the book is designed to give the reader a comprehensive idea of Nietzsche's thought and style: they span "The Prejudices of Philsophers," "The Free Spirit," religion, morals, scholarship, "Our Virtues," "Peoples and Fatherlands," and "What Is Noble," as well as epigrams and a concluding poem. Beyond Good and Evil is one of the most remarkable and influential books of the nineteenth century.

This translation by Walter Kaufmann has become the standard one, for accuracy and fidelity to the eccentricities and grace of the style of the original. The translation is based on the only edition Nietzsche himself published, and all variant reading in later editions. This volume offers an inclusive index of subjects and persons, as well as a running footnote commentary on the text.

From the Inside Flap

Represents Nietzsche's attempt to sum up his philosophy. In nine parts the book is designed to give the reader a comprehensive idea of Nietzche's thought and style. With an inclusive index of subjects and persons.

Paperback: 288 pages
Publisher: Vintage (December 17, 1989)

Animal Farm

Manor Farm is like any other English farm, expect for a drunken owner, Mr Jones, incompetent workers and oppressed animals. Fed up with the ignorance of their human masters, the animals rise up in rebellion and take over the farm. Led by intellectually superior pigs like Snowball and Napoleon, the animals how to take charge of their destiny and remove the inequities of their lives. But as time passes, the realize that things aren't happening quite as expected. Animal Farm is, one level, a simple story about barnyard animals. On a much deeper level, it is a savage political satire on corrupted ideals, misdirected revolutions and class conflict-themes as valid today as they were sixty years ago.

About the Author

Eric Arthur Blair (George Orwell) was an English writer. His work is characterized by lucid prose, biting social criticism, opposition to totalitarianism, and outspoken support of democratic socialism. He is best-known for his dystopian social-commentary novel 1984 and his allegorical fairytale Animal Farm.

Hardcover: 144 pages
Publisher: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt (November 20, 1990)

The Prince

The Prince is a 16th-century political treatise by the Italian diplomat and political theorist Niccolò Machiavelli. From correspondence a version appears to have been distributed in 1513, using a Latin title, De Principatibus (About Principalities). However, the printed version was not published until 1532, five years after Machiavelli's death. This was done with the permission of the Medici pope Clement VII, but "long before then, in fact since the first appearance of the Prince in manuscript, controversy had swirled about his writings". Although it was written as if it were a traditional work in the mirrors for princes style, it is generally agreed that it was especially innovative. This is only partly because it was written in the vernacular Italian rather than Latin, a practice which had become increasingly popular since the publication of Dante's Divine Comedy and other works of Renaissance literature. The Prince is sometimes claimed to be one of the first works of modern philosophy, especially modern political philosophy, in which the effective truth is taken to be more important than any abstract ideal. It was also in direct conflict with the dominant Catholic and scholastic doctrines of the time concerning how to consider politics and ethics. Although it is relatively short, the treatise is the most remembered of Machiavelli's works and the one most responsible for bringing the word "Machiavellian" into usage as a pejorative. It also helped make "Old Nick" an English term for the devil, and even contributed to the modern negative connotations of the words "politics" and "politician" in western countries. In terms of subject matter it overlaps with the much longer Discourses on Livy, which was written a few years later. In its use of near-contemporary Italians as examples of people who perpetrated criminal deeds for politics, another lesser-known work by Machiavelli which The Prince has been compared to is the Life of Castruccio Castracani. The descriptions within The Prince have the general theme of accepting that the aims of princes—such as glory and survival—can justify the use of immoral means to achieve those ends. “ He who neglects what is done for what ought to be done, sooner effects his ruin than his preservation. ” —Machiavelli, "Chapter 15"

About the Author

Niccolò di Bernardo dei Machiavelli (3 May 1469 21 June 1527) was an Italian historian, politician, diplomat, philosopher, humanist and writer based in Florence during the Renaissance. He was for many years an official in the Florentine Republic, with responsibilities in diplomatic and military affairs. He was a founder of modern political science, and more specifically political ethics. He also wrote comedies, carnival songs, and poetry. His personal correspondence is renowned in the Italian language. He was Secretary to the Second Chancery of the Republic of Florence from 1498 to 1512, when the Medici were out of power. He wrote his masterpiece, The Prince, after the Medici had recovered power and he no longer held a position of responsibility in Florence.

Paperback: 82 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (November 22, 2017)

Theory and History: An Interpretation of Social and Economic Evaluation (Lib Works Ludwig Von Mises CL)

Ludwig von Mises was the leading exponent of the Austrian School of economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He has long been regarded as a most knowledgeable and respected economist, even though his teachings were generally outside the “mainstream.

Theory and History is primarily a critique of Karl Marx, his materialism, and his prediction of the inevitability of socialism. Marx attributes the creation of tools and machines, as well as the economic structure of society, to undefined “material productive forces; Mises rejects this materialistic view; he points out that tools and machines are actually created by individuals acting on the basis of non-materialistic ideas.

This book discusses the theory of economics, i.e., the study of purposive human action, and with history, the record of the past actions of individuals. All actions are determined by ideas. Thoughts and ideas are “real things, Mises writes. “Although intangible and immaterial, they are factors in bringing about changes in the realm, of tangible and material things. Rather than rejecting the study of historical change as a “useless pastime, Mises considers it of the utmost practical importance. “History looks backward into the past, but the lesson it teaches concerns things to come. History opens the mind to an understanding of human nature, increases wisdom, and distinguishes civilized man from the barbarian. Moreover, historical knowledge is of the utmost importance in helping to anticipate and plan for the future.

Though Theory and History may not be studied as often as other, more popular Mises works, it provides great insight into Mises s fundamental thoughts and is a fascinating exploration of human action.

Ludwig von Mises (1881–1973) was the leading spokesman of the Austrian School of Economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Bettina Bien Greaves is a former resident scholar, trustee, and longtime staff member of the Foundation for Economic Education. She has written and lectured extensively on topics of free market economics. Her articles have appeared in such journals as Human Events, Reason, and The Freeman: Ideas on Liberty. A student of Mises, Greaves has become an expert on his work in particular and that of the Austrian School of economics in general. She has translated several Mises monographs, compiled an annotated bibliography of his work, and edited collections of papers by Mises and other members of the Austrian School.

About the Author

Ludwig von Mises (1881-1973) earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Paperback: 281 pages
Publisher: Liberty Fund, Inc. (August 9, 2005)

Human Action: A Treatise on Economics

In the foreword to Human Action: A Treatise on Economics, Mises explains complex market phenomena as "the outcomes of countless conscious, purposive actions, choices, and preferences of individuals, each of whom was trying as best as he or she could under the circumstances to attain various wants and ends and to avoid undesired consequences." It is individual choices in response to personal subjective value judgments that ultimately determine market phenomena—supply and demand, prices, the pattern of production, and even profits and losses. Although governments may presume to set "prices," it is individuals who, by their actions and choices through competitive bidding for money, products, and services, actually determine "prices". Thus, Mises presents economics—not as a study of material goods, services, and products—but as a study of human actions. He sees the science of human action, praxeology, as a science of reason and logic, which recognizes a regularity in the sequence and interrelationships among market phenomena. Mises defends the methodology of praxeology against the criticisms of Marxists, socialists, positivists, and mathematical statisticians.

Mises attributes the tremendous technological progress and the consequent increase in wealth and general welfare in the last two centuries to the introduction of liberal government policies based on free-market economic teachings, creating an economic and political environment which permits individuals to pursue their respective goals in freedom and peace. Mises also explains the futility and counter-productiveness of government attempts to regulate, control, and equalize all people's circumstances: "Men are born unequal and ... it is precisely their inequality that generates social cooperation and civilization."

Ludwig von Mises (1881–1973) was the leading spokesman of the Austrian School of Economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Bettina Bien Greaves is a former resident scholar, trustee, and longtime staff member of the Foundation for Economic Education. She has written and lectured extensively on topics of free market economics. Her articles have appeared in such journals as Human Events, Reason, and The Freeman: Ideas on Liberty. A student of Mises, Greaves has become an expert on his work in particular and that of the Austrian School of economics in general. She has translated several Mises monographs, compiled an annotated bibliography of his work, and edited collections of papers by Mises and other members of the Austrian School.

Paperback: 908 pages
Publisher: Martino Fine Books (October 10, 2012)

Revisionist Viewpoints: Essays in a Dissident Historical Tradition

An outstanding American historian is at his brilliant, pro­vocative best in these essays on World War II war crimes, Allied terror bomb­ing, Fascism, the draft, the American mass media's wartime love affair with Stalin, America's postwar "defense" imperialism, and more. Important for anyone with a serious interest in twentieth century history.

Paperback: 248 pages
Publisher: Ralph Myles; 1st edition (1971)

Disclosure of corporate ownership: Prepared by the Subcommittees on Intergovernmental Relations and Budgeting, Management, and Expenditures of the ... Government Operations, United States Senate

Author: January 1, 1973, by United States. Congress. Senate. Committee on Government Operations. Subcommittee on Intergovernmental Relations

Paperback: 440 pages
Publisher: University of Michigan Library (January 1, 1973)

Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution

“Sutton comes to conclusions that are uncomfortable for many businessmen and economists. For this reason, his work tends to be either dismissed out of hand as ‘extreme’ or, more often, simply ignored.” ―Richard Pipes, Baird Professor Emeritus of History, Harvard University (from Survival Is Not Enough: Soviet Realities and America's Future)

Why did the 1917 American Red Cross Mission to Russia include more financiers than medical doctors? Rather than caring for the victims of war and revolution, its members seemed more intent on negotiating contracts with the Kerensky government and, subsequently, the Bolshevik regime.

In a courageous investigation, Antony Sutton establishes tangible historical links between Russian communists and US capitalists. Drawing on US state department files, personal papers of key Wall Street figures, biographies, and conventional histories, Sutton reveals:

• The role of Morgan banking executives in funneling illegal Bolshevik gold into the US.
• The co-option of the American Red Cross by powerful Wall Street forces.
• The intervention by Wall Street sources to free the Marxist revolutionary Leon Trotsky, whose aim was to topple the Russian government.
• The deals made by major corporations to capture the huge Russian market a decade and a half before the US recognized the Soviet regime.
• The secret sponsoring of Communism by leading businessmen, who publicly championed free enterprise.

Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution traces the foundations of Western funding of the Soviet Union. Dispassionately, and with overwhelming documentation, the author details a crucial phase in the establishment of Communist Russia.

This classic study―first published in 1974 and part of a key trilogy―is reproduced here in its original form. The other volumes in this trilogy are Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler and Wall Street and FDR.

About the Author

Antony C. Sutton (1925-2002) was born in London and educated at the universities of London, Gottingen and California. He was a Research Fellow at the Hoover Institution for War, Revolution, and Peace at Stanford, California, from 1968 to 1973, and later an Economics Professor at California State University, Los Angeles. He is the author of 25 books, including the major three-volume study Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development.

Paperback: 232 pages
Publisher: Clairview Books; Reprint edition (December 1, 2012)

Wall Street and FDR

Franklin D. Roosevelt is frequently described as one of the greatest presidents in American history, remembered for his leadership during the Great Depression and Second World War. Antony Sutton challenges this received wisdom, presenting a controversial but convincing analysis. Based on an extensive study of original documents, he concludes that: * FDR was an elitist who influenced public policy in order to benefit special interests, including his own. * FDR and his Wall Street colleagues were 'corporate socialists', who believed in making society work for their own benefit. * FDR believed in business but not free market economics. Sutton describes the genesis of 'corporate socialism' - acquiring monopolies by means of political influence - which he characterises as 'making society work for the few'. He traces the historical links of the Delano and Roosevelt families to Wall Street, as well as FDR's own political networks developed during his early career as a financial speculator and bond dealer.The New Deal almost destroyed free enterprise in America, but didn't adversely affect FDR's circle of old friends ensconced in select financial institutions and federal regulatory agencies. Together with their corporate allies, this elite group profited from the decrees and programmes generated by their old pal in the White House, whilst thousands of small businesses suffered and millions were unemployed. Wall Street and FDR is much more than a fascinating historical and political study. Many contemporary parallels can be drawn to Sutton's powerful presentation given the recent banking crises and worldwide governments' bolstering of private institutions via the public purse. This classic study - first published in 1975 as the conclusion of a key trilogy - is reproduced here in its original form. (The other volumes in the series are Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler and Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution.)

About the Author

ANTONY C. SUTTON, born in London in 1925, was educated at the universities of London, Gottingen and California. He was a Research Fellow at the Hoover Institution for War, Revolution and Peace at Stanford, California, from 1968 to 1973 and later an Economics Professor at California State University, Los Angeles. He is the author of 25 books, including the major three-volume study Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development. He died in 2002.

Paperback: 200 pages
Publisher: Clairview Books; New edition edition (January 1, 2014)

The Triumph of Conservatism

From the birth of Democracy in Athens, the true battle has been between the philosophy of Draco and the philosophy of Solon, philosophies of constancy and progression, respectively. In our time we call them Conservative and Liberal, and each sees the other as evil and a danger to Democracy. This book is a reinterpretation of the so-called "Progressive Era" under the presidencies of Teddy Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson, with the relatively draconian presidency of William Taft in between.

Paperback: 356 pages
Publisher: Free Press; unknown edition (March 1, 1977)

The Wall Street Gang

This book offers investors an inquiry into the squeeze play of Wall Street wheeler-dealers and also provides them with an approach to the market that shows them how to time their investment decisions to coincide with those of the exchange insider. From beginning to end, The Wall Street Gang reads like a suspense story as the author shows how the great wealth and power of the New York Stock Exchange depend on the ignorance and confusion of the investing public. With penetrating insight, he analyzes the basic problems posed to investors by a financial system that is able to manipulate and control investors, stock prices, the media, politicians, and the executive suite of every major corporation in America. In documenting the failure of the SEC and Interstate Commerce Commission to regulate and the complicity between the government and Wall Street insiders, he uses charts and tables that are informative and more illuminating than similar charts that appear in daily papers because of the lucid explanations that accompany them. Case histories enable the investor to recognize the symptoms of fraud and prepare to take action if necessary. In another section of the book, he informs investors of their recourse to the courts as vehicles for the recovery of damages when stockbrokers violate the securities laws.

Hardcover: 284 pages
Publisher: Praeger Publishers, Inc.; 1st edition (May 1974)

The Rich and the Super-Rich: A Study in the Power of Money Today

In the late 1930s bombshell of a book appeared which told the story of the lords of wealth and their glittering clans. It was called AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. It rocked the nation and became a classic.

Lundberg showed how America was ruled by a plutocracy of inherited wealth, even under the New Deal. At the time he could only provide a sampling of the economic and political patterns of those families, which, for one reason or another, had come under public scrutiny. In addition to the Sixty Families he dealt with in depth, he was able to outline the probable holdings of a few hundred other families.

The author, in writing THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH, had at his disposal infinitely richer data, monographs, Congressional investigations than were available three decades ago. They have made it possible for him to give us a book which is much more than a mere updating of AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. It is, rather, a systematic study of the entire wealthy class and its familial structure. (In one important aspect it resembles AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES: It is written for the layman to awaken the reader to the real and little-known situation.) Original publication was delayed to update John Paul Getty's most current wealth.

These families have all the old levers of power and pelf plus a whole host of new ones created for them during the intervening decades by the politicians, lawyers and judges who serve them. Although published in 1968 and rocketed to the top of the bestseller list, the wealth managed by these families remains a significant force in today’s economy and should not be underestimated.

Ferdinand Lundberg’s IMPERIAL HEARST was the basis for the screenplay CITIZEN KANE. Other bestsellers include MODERN WOMEN: THE LOST SEX (in collaboration) and the book for which he is most noted, AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. This book was embraced by New Deal leaders and helped to shape the destiny of the Roosevelt Administration in its early years.

During World War II, Lundberg was an economist with the War Production Board and the War Shipping Administration. After the war, he served the Twentieth Century Fund as editor and began teaching—first at Finch College, New York, and then as Adjunct Professor of Social Philosophy at New York University. He took leave in 1965 to devote all his time to writing THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH, published in 1968. It became the number one bestselling book in the United States. It was translated and published in eight other countries and became number one in Germany for many months.

Mr. Lundberg completed his formal education at Columbia University, where he was awarded the B.Sc. and M.A.

Hardcover: 812 pages
Publisher: Lyle Stuart; 1st edition (June 1, 1968)

America's 60 Families

Originally published in 1937, this early work on American politics is both expensive and hard to find in its first edition. It details the history of industrial trusts, finance, business and the federal government during the early twentieth century. This is a fascinating work and thoroughly recommended for anyone interested in American history. Many of the earliest books, particularly those dating back to the 1900s and before, are now extremely scarce. We are republishing these classic works in affordable, high quality, modern editions, using the original text and artwork.

Hardcover: 566 pages
Publisher: Lundberg Press (November 4, 2008)

Who Rules America?

Drawing from a power elite perspective and the latest empirical data, Domhoff’s classic text is an invaluable tool for teaching students about how power operates in U.S. society. Domhoff argues that the owners and top-level managers in large income-producing properties are far and away the dominant figures in the U.S. Their corporations, banks, and agribusinesses come together as a corporate community that dominates the federal government in Washington and their real estate, construction, and land development companies form growth coalitions that dominate most local governments. By providing empirical evidence for his argument, Domhoff encourages students to think critically about the power structure in American society and its implications for our democracy.

Paperback: 184 pages
Publisher: Prentice Hall; 1st edition (December 1967)

< The Higher Circles: The Governing Class in America

Contents:

• Social indicators and social institutions of the upper class.
• The feminine half of the upper class.
• The jet set, celebrities, and the upper class.
• Cohesion and consciousness: is there an American upper class?
• How the power elite make foreign policy.
• How the power elite shape social legislation.
• The power elite, the CIA, and the struggle for minds.
• Dan Smott, Phyllis Schlafly, Reverend McBirnie, and me.
• Where a pluralist goes wrong.

Hardcover: 367 pages
Publisher: Random House; 1st edition (1970)

The Money Lords: The Great Finance Capitalists 1925-1950

After the Robber Barons came the new kings of capitalism.

Hardcover: 374 pages
Publisher: Weybright and Talley (1972)

The Robber Barons

Rockefeller, Morgan, Vanderbilt, Carnegie, Harriman, Gould, Frick ... this is the story of the giant American capitalists who seized economic power after the Civil War and altered the shape of American life forever.

Paperback: 474 pages
Publisher: Mariner Books (January 24, 1962)

The Plot to Seize the White House: The Shocking True Story of the Conspiracy to Overthrow FDR

Most people will be shocked to learn that in 1933 a cabal of wealthy industrialists—in league with groups like the K.K.K. and the American Liberty League—planned to overthrow the U.S. government in a fascist coup. Their plan was to turn discontented veterans into American “brown shirts,” depose F.D.R., and stop the New Deal. They clandestinely asked Medal of Honor recipient and Marine Major General Smedley Darlington Butler to become the first American Caesar. He, though, was a true patriot and revealed the plot to journalists and to Congress. In a time when a sitting President has invoked national security to circumvent constitutional checks and balances, this episode puts the spotlight on attacks upon our democracy and the individual courage needed to repel them.

About the Author

Jules Archer served four years during World War II in the Pacific with the Army Air Corps. He wrote many books on political events and personalities, including "The Dictators"; " Hawks, Doves and the Eagle"; and "The Extremists." He lived in New York until his passing.

Anne Cipriano Venzon (Introduction): Anne Cipriano Venzon is the author of " General Smedley Darlington Butler."

Paperback: 256 pages
Publisher: Skyhorse Publishing; First Edition, 2nd Printing edition (March 1, 2007)

David: Report on a Rockefeller

David Report on a Rockefeller by William Hoffman

Hardcover: 192 pages
Publisher: Lyle Stuart, Inc. (December 1971)

The Incredible Rocky Vs the Power of the People!

Oversized Underground exposing the dark side of America' richest family.

Comic: 49 pages
Publisher: North American Congress on Latin America (January 1, 1975)

History of the Great American Fortunes: Volume I

In writing this work my aim has been to give the exact facts as far as the available material allows. Necessarily it is impossible, from the very nature of the case, to obtain all the facts. It is obvious that in both past and present times the chief beneficiaries of our social and industrial system have found it to their interest to represent their accumulations as the rewards of industry and ability, and have likewise had the strongest motives for concealing the circumstances of all those complex and devious methods which have been used in building up great fortunes. In this they have been assisted by a society so constituted that the means by which these great fortunes have been amassed have been generally lauded as legitimate and exemplary.

The possessors of towering fortunes have hitherto been described in two ways. On the one hand, they have been held up as marvels of success, as preëminent examples of thrift, enterprise and extraordinary ability. More recently, however, the tendency in certain quarters has been diametrically the opposite. This latter class of writers, intent upon pandering to a supposed popular appetite for sensation, pile exposure upon exposure, and hold up the objects of their diatribes as monsters of commercial and political crime. Neither of these classes has sought to establish definitely the relation of the great fortunes to the social and industrial system which has propagated them. Consequently, these superficial effusions and tirades—based upon a lack of understanding of the propelling forces of society—have little value other than as reflections of a certain aimless and disordered spirit of the times. With all their volumes of print, they leave us in possession of a scattered array of assertions, bearing some resemblance to facts, which, however, fail to be facts inasmuch as they are either distorted to take shape as fulsome eulogies or as wild, meaningless onslaughts.

They give no explanation of the fundamental laws and movements of the present system, which have resulted in these vast fortunes; nor is there the least glimmering of a scientific interpretation of a succession of states and tendencies from which these men of great wealth have emerged. With an entire absence of comprehension, they portray our multimillionaires as a phenomenal group whose sudden rise to their sinister and overshadowing position is a matter of wonder and surprise. They do not seem to realize for a moment—what is clear to every real student of economics—that the great fortunes are the natural, logical outcome of a system based upon factors the inevitable result of which is the utter despoilment of the many for the benefit of a few.

About the Author

GUSTAVUS MYERS, 1872 - 1942, was a the pioneering historian who wrote ten major works during his life.

Paperback: 114 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (September 30, 2014)

National Suicide: Military Aid to the Soviet Union

You may read this book and think the author "dreamed a dream that could not be." For Antony Sutton, research fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University, proves that there is no such thing as Soviet technology, only American and allied technology on Soviet soil. Technology that maimed and killed American boys in Korea and Vietnam.

Bridge building to Communist Russia is nothing new. It started early in 1918. With mountains of documentation Mr. Sutton shows that 90 to 95 percent of Soviet technology since 1918 has come from America and its allies . . . that we've built for, or sold, or traded, or given outright to the Communists everything from copper wiring and motor vehicles to combat tanks, missile equipment and computers . . . that we are today giving equipment to build the world 's largest heavy­ truck plant (output: 100,000 ten-ton trucks per year - more than all U.S. manufacturers produce in a year) . . . that "peaceful trade" is a myth . . . that to the Soviets all goods are strategic. All this, to create and maintain an enemy that we annually spend $80 billion to defend against.

National Suicide, researched for over ten years, mentions scores of products passed on to the Soviets (down to the design specifications, in some cases). It fearlessly names the guilty manufacturers and politicians - right up to Presidents of the United States.

The government won't like this book. It blows the lid off information that has been kept from the public till now. But Americans weary of no-win wars and taxpayers repelled at subsidizing our enemy will hail this scholarly, gutsy volume.

Hardcover: 283 pages
Publisher: Arlington House; 1st edition (1973)

Lindbergh On the Federal Reserve (The Economic Pinch)

1968: by Charles A. Lindbergh- The key to all the good things is the mind, so open your mind and begin to think.

Paperback: 249 pages
Publisher: Noontide Press; New edition edition (December 1968)

Collective Speeches of Congressman Louis T. McFadden; Federal Reserve Exposed

Speeches from famous, patriotic, uncorruptible US politician.

Paperback: ? pages
Publisher: Omni Publications; 3rd First publisher in 1970 edition (2005)

< The Federal Reserve Bank

No details

Paperback: 256 pages
Publisher: Noontide Press; Revised Printing edition (1968)

None Dare Call It Conspiracy

This book is a primer for anyone who wishes to understand the basic workings of the global network of Insiders that is determined to wield power over all of mankind in the coming New World Order. The Special Edition is updated with illustrations and charts for 2013. Introduction by U.S. Congressman John G. Schmitz: The story you are about to read is true. The names have not been changed to protect the guilty. This book may have the effect of changing your life. After reading this book, you will never look at national and world events in the same way again. None Dare Call It Conspiracy will be a very controversial book. At first it will receive little publicity and those whose plans are exposed in it will try to kill it by the silent treatment. For reasons that become obvious as you read this book, it will not be reviewed in all the "proper" places or be available on your local book stand. However, there is nothing these people can do to stop a grass roots book distributing system. Eventually it will be necessary for the people and organizations named in this book to try to blunt its effect by attacking it or the author. They have a tremendous vested interest in keeping you from discovering what they are doing. And they have the big guns of the mass media at their disposal to fire the barrages at None Dare Call It Conspiracy. By sheer volume, the "experts" will try to ridicule you out of investigating for yourself as to whether or not the information in this book is true They will ignore the fact that the author about to conjecture. They will find a typographical error or ague some point that is open to debate. If necessary they will lie in order to protect themselves by smearing this book. I believe those who pooh-pooh the information herein because psychologically many people would prefer to believe we are because we all like to ignore bad news. We do so at our own peril.

Paperback: 160 pages
Publisher: Dauphin Publications; Special edition (January 30, 2013)

Richard Nixon the Man Behind the Mask

No Details

Paperback: 433 pages
Publisher: Western Islands (June 1, 1971)

The Rockefeller File - Secret

The super rich in America enjoy power and prerogatives un-imaginable to most of us. Who can conceive of owning a private empire that includes 100 homes, 2,500 servants, untold thousands of luxuries, and untold millions of dollars? America has a royal family of finance that has known such riches for generations. It is, of course, the Rockefellers. But if the Rockefellers were content with their wealth, if their riches had satisfied their desires, this book would not have been written. And I would not be urging you to read it. Money alone is not enough to quench the thirst and lusts of the super-rich. Instead, many of them use their vast wealth, and the influence such riches give them, to achieve even more power. Power of a magnitude never dreamed of by the tyrants and despots of earlier ages. Power on a world wide scale. Power over people, not just products...

Paperback: 194 pages
Publisher: 76 Press (1976)

The Invisible Government

Dan Smoot's "Invisble Government" sold about 1 million copies through self-publishing alone, but it did not appear on the New York Times "Best Sellers List" of 1962. Essentially it is a book dealing with organization called The Council on Foreign Relations founded by Edward Mandel House, one of the Dullers brothers and others devoted to bringing "socialism as dreamed of by Karl Marx.", to quote House, to this country. The writing is dry but effective. Had he lived, Senator Joseph McCarthy might have written this book himself since the Council is one of groups that he was getting into his sights before Eisenhower stopped him. What Dan Smoot revealed is how ITC control of the national medias is so pervasive that true and vital news seldom gets to the populace at large. Smoot's anaylsis of it's goals bear close attention for those who are interested in answering befuddling questions about U.S. foreign and domestic policies. Over twenty six years later "The Shadows of Power" by James Perloff, brought the CFR up to date, and the report on how this subversive organization has not been dealt with is not good! From what one may gather after reading "The Invisible Government" is how many lives have been ruined or lost in order to fulfill the dreams of a few determined to create a "New World Order". If you think this is only the stuff of Ian Flemming or H.G. Wells, Smoot's book goes a long way to prove otherwise.

About the Author

Dan Smoot (1913-2003) was an FBI agent and a conservative political activist. From the 1950s to 1971 , he published The Dan Smoot Report, which chronicled alleged communist infiltration in various sectors of American government and society. In 1970 , he opposed the selection of a future U.S. president, George Herbert Walker Bush, as the Republican nominee for the U.S. Senate from Texas. He claimed that Bush's political philosophy was little different from the Democrats that he sought to oppose. Bush lost the Senate election that year to popular Democrat Lloyd M. Bentsen, Jr. In 1972 , Smoot opposed the reelection of Richard M. Nixon and served as campaign manager for American Independent Party presidential candidate John G. Schmitz of California.

Paperback: 176 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (December 31, 2013)

Naked Capitalist

In "The Naked Capitalist" , Dr. Skousen reviews the book "Tragedy and Hope" by Carroll Quigley. It reveals how some of the richest people in the world have supported communism and socialism. Why would they support what appears to be the pathway to their own destruction? Dr. Quigley has been associated with many of these dynastic families of the super-rich. Dr. Skousen therefore writes as an authority on the world's secret power structure. His answers to the above question will astonish you.

About the Author

W. Cleon Skousen is best remembered as a popular author, speaker and teacher who lectured in every state and province in North America, and in more than 60 countries world-wide. He was a student of history and a scholar of law, specializing in the principles of Freedom, the U.S. Constitution, economics, and ancient history and scriptures.

He was invited to write a new constitution for Canada and the proposed United States of Latin America, and he published a model constitution that could be adopted by nations everywhere. He served in the FBI for 16 years, four years as Chief of Police in Salt Lake City, and ten years as a university professor. He was a prolific writer and produced three national best sellers, The Naked Communist, The Naked Capitalist, and The Five Thousand Year Leap. Eight of his books were used as college texts, and several were translated and published in other countries.

Dr. Skousen was born in Canada, and returned to the U.S. with his family at age ten. He spent two years in Mexico, two years in England, graduated from San Bernardino College in California, and received his juris doctor degree from George Washington University Law School. He was admitted to practice law in the District of Columbia and before the District Court of Appeals and the U.S. Supreme Court.

His seminars on the Constitution have been taught to several million across the U.S., and among his students were dozens of U.S. Senators and Representatives, two Supreme Court justices, and several candidates for President. He believed knowledge and understanding were key to maintaining a free country, and spent his entire adult life opening up complex issues for deeper understanding by students and audiences all around the world.

Dr. Skousen and his wife, Jewel Pitcher of San Bernardino, California, are the parents of eight children, 50 grandchildren, and more than 120 great-grandchildren.

Paperback: 144 pages
Publisher: Reviewer; Later Printing edition (January 1, 1993)

Captain and the Kings

New York Times Bestseller: Sweeping from the 1850s through the early 1920s, this towering family saga examines the price of ambition and power.

Joseph Francis Xavier Armagh is twelve years old when he gets his first glimpse of the promised land of America through a dirty porthole in steerage on an Irish immigrant ship. His long voyage, dogged by tragedy, ends not in the great city of New York but in the bigoted, small town of Winfield, Pennsylvania, where his younger brother, Sean, and his infant sister, Regina, are sent to an orphanage. Joseph toils at whatever work will pay a living wage and plans for the day he can take his siblings away from St. Agnes’s Orphanage and make a home for them all.

Joseph’s journey will catapult him to the highest echelons of power and grant him entry into the most elite political circles. Even as misfortune continues to follow the Armagh family like an ancient curse, Joseph takes his revenge against the uncaring world that once took everything from him. He orchestrates his eldest son Rory’s political ascent from the offspring of an Irish immigrant to US senator. And Joseph will settle for nothing less than the pinnacle of glory: seeing his boy crowned the first Catholic president of the United States.

Spanning seventy years, Captains and the Kings, which was adapted into an eight-part television miniseries, is Taylor Caldwell’s masterpiece about nineteenth- and early twentieth-century America, and the grit, ambition, fortitude, and sheer hubris it takes for an immigrant to survive and thrive in a dynamic new land.

About the Author

Taylor Caldwell (1900–1985) was one of the most prolific and widely read authors of the twentieth century. Born Janet Miriam Holland Taylor Caldwell in Manchester, England, she moved with her family to Buffalo, New York, in 1907. She started writing stories when she was eight years old and completed her first novel when she was twelve. Married at age eighteen, Caldwell worked as a stenographer and court reporter to help support her family and took college courses at night, earning a bachelor of arts degree from the University of Buffalo in 1931. She adopted the pen name Taylor Caldwell because legendary editor Maxwell Perkins thought her debut novel, Dynasty of Death (1938), would be better received if readers assumed it were written by a man. In a career that spanned five decades, Caldwell published forty novels, many of which were New York Times bestsellers. Her best-known works include the historical sagas The Sound of Thunder (1957), Testimony of Two Men (1968), Captains and the Kings (1972), and Ceremony of the Innocent (1976), and the spiritually themed novels The Listener (1960) and No One Hears But Him (1966). Dear and Glorious Physician (1958), a portrayal of the life of St. Luke, and Great Lion of God (1970), about the life of St. Paul, are among the bestselling religious novels of all time. Caldwell’s last novel, Answer as a Man (1981), hit the New York Times bestseller list before its official publication date. She died at her home in Greenwich, Connecticut, in 1985.

Hardcover: 756 pages
Publisher: Doubleday & Co; First Edition, First Printing edition (1972)

Proofs of a Conspiracy

This anthology is a thorough introduction to classic literature for those who have not yet experienced these literary masterworks. For those who have known and loved these works in the past, this is an invitation to reunite with old friends in a fresh new format. From Shakespeare s finesse to Oscar Wilde s wit, this unique collection brings together works as diverse and influential as The Pilgrim s Progress and Othello. As an anthology that invites readers to immerse themselves in the masterpieces of the literary giants, it is must-have addition to any library.

About the Author

John Robison has been certified by the American Canoe Association in coastal kayak, whitewater kayak, and whitewater canoe instruction and has paddled extensively around the world. --This text refers to an alternate Paperback edition.

Paperback: 194 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (April 23, 2012)

Secret Societies & Subversive Movements

This work has been selected by scholars as being culturally important, and is part of the knowledge base of civilization as we know it. This work was reproduced from the original artifact, and remains as true to the original work as possible. Therefore, you will see the original copyright references, library stamps (as most of these works have been housed in our most important libraries around the world), and other notations in the work.

This work is in the public domain in the United States of America, and possibly other nations. Within the United States, you may freely copy and distribute this work, as no entity (individual or corporate) has a copyright on the body of the work.

As a reproduction of a historical artifact, this work may contain missing or blurred pages, poor pictures, errant marks, etc. Scholars believe, and we concur, that this work is important enough to be preserved, reproduced, and made generally available to the public. We appreciate your support of the preservation process, and thank you for being an important part of keeping this knowledge alive and relevant.

About the Author

Nesta Helen Webster (Mrs. Arthur Webster), (24 August 1876 – 16 May 1960) was a controversial author who revived conspiracy theories about the Illuminati. She argued that the secret society's members were occultists, plotting communist world domination, using the idea of a Jewish cabal,[citation needed] the Masons and Jesuits as a smokescreen. According to her, their international subversion included the French Revolution, 1848 Revolution, the First World War, and the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917. In 1920, Webster was one of the contributing authors who wrote The Jewish Peril, a series of articles in the London Morning Post centred on the Protocols of the Elders of Zion. These articles were subsequently compiled and published in the same year in book form under the title of The Cause of World Unrest. Webster claimed that the authenticity of the Protocols of the Elders of Zion was an "open question" --This text refers to an alternate Paperback edition.

Paperback: 432 pages
Publisher: EWorld Inc. (October 31, 2014)

The Truth About The Slump: What The News Never Tells

This book tells the story of who caused the slump and how they caused it, and it directs attention to two simple steps that can be taken to save our farmers and traders. No greater mistake can be made than to suppose that the present slump in commodity prices is due to blind economic forces. The depression from which we now suffer is due to an artificially induced variation in the purchasing power of money. In these pages will be found ample evidence in support of this statement. The quarter from which the trouble is coming is indicated, and the amazing manner in which the machinery for monetary control of the world was established is traced out. The story of the slump is essentially a story of men and their motives. Some of those motives, such as declarations of hostility to the British Empire, and action inimical to it, are matters of open public record : others are a matter of speculation. The facts set out rest upon unimpeachable authority, and the sources are given throughout. Any reader who has access to a large library can verify them all for himself, and by a little research would doubtless uncover much additional matter supplementing and confirming what the present author has assembled. Nevertheless, one may search in vain through the newspaper press, through the utterances of public men, through practically the whole current literature of today, for any reference to these central, pivotal facts governing the whole world price level and the financial and economic situation today. Why this silence? The answer is that the most potent forces in the world today are forces that do not work in the open. They could not work in the open : for if they did mankind would not for one instant tolerate their continuance. It is essential for the success of their plans that the people of the world should be unaware of the chains that have been made to enmesh them. A small number of persons in different countries have shown by their utterances that they are well aware of what is taking place - or, rather, has been taking placefor the chain of events extends back over a long period of time. Three-quarters of a century ago Disraeli told Britain's House of Commons that "the world is governed by very different persons from what is imagined by those who are not behind the scenes." In a recent interview, General Ludendorff, chief of the German General Staff through the war, declared that the world today is ruled by "secret supra-national powers," "the same diabolically clever wire-pullers that brought about the last cataclysm." In the London "National Review" six years ago Mr. Arthur Kitson wrote about "Our Invisible Rulers," and in other articles has expounded this same theme. In giving evidence before a United States Congressional committee in 1926, Mr. Western Starr, head of the United States Farmer-Labour Party, declared that unless a certain group of men, whom he referred to as "these old men of the sea," had their power curbed the world would be plunged into another war, compared with which the last war would be "like a Fourth of July picnic.' ' More cryptically, but none the less significantly, Sir Josiah Stamp, one of Britain's foremost business men and economists, has expressed the opinion-remarkable as coming from a director of the Bank of England-that money, after having brought civilisation to its present level, may well "actually destroy society." When the reader has digested the facts herein assembled this statement may fall less incredibly on his ear. It is impossible to maintain our country in a state of security unless we face the facts and conform to reality. Our national peril is that we are ignoring all the vital facts of the situation. Our enemies are none the less real because their ways are hidden ways. But they are a thousand times more insidious. What the war failed to do they seek, to accomplish, and their ambition is to shatter in bankruptcy and ruin the once-splendid fabric of the British Empire. A. N. FIELD. Okiwi Bay, Croixelles. February, 1931. ...

Paperback: 210 pages
Publisher: A. N. Field; First Edition edition (1931)

The Untold History: How the British East India Company's "Pre-Fabian" philosophical radicals set up Capitalism and its antithesis Communisim

No details available

Unknown Binding: 290 pages
Publisher: The Committee for the Restoration of the Republic (1954)

Karl Marx, Capitalist

For over a century, Marxism and Communism have been loudly proclaimed as the only means of eliminating poverty, exploitation, and human misery. Yet, wherever Communism has been established, the exact opposite has happened. Rather than generating prosperity, it breeds economic paralysis, exploitation, poverty and human misery. For years Americans have been told that the goal of our foreign policy is to fight Communism. Untold billions have been spent on foreign aid and almost perpetual wars have been fought in pursuance of these doctrines. Yet the Socialist-Communist countries continue to expand their empires and boastfully proclaim their intention of overthrowing Capitalism and "burying us." But, if Capitalism is overthrown, we will have Communism (or Socialism), which is what we have been fighting all the time. Or have we? Clearly our attempts to "stop Communism" over the past twenty-five years have been either a total failure or a smashing success, depending on one'[s point of view. Even on a random chance basis, the United States would have been right approximately fifty percent of the time. Since our nation has been almost "perpetually wrong," it should now be obvious that the real purposes behind our seemingly disastrous domestic and foreign policies are being concealed, and the frenzied collectivization of our nation is part of a deliberately calculated plan. The forces behind today's tragic events are far different than many would suppose. When the truth is finally revealed, we will find that Communism is merely one link in a much larger movement which embraces total world domination as its ultimate aim. Powerful forces have been working toward this end for centuries, and they now feel that their goal is in sight.... Whether or not these champions of evil succeed will depend on how an alerted America reacts when the truth of the magnitude of this betrayal is ... our nation to the brink of economic moral and military disaster. --- excerpts from Introduction

Paperback: 126 pages
Publisher: Enterprise Publications (1972)

Rockefeller "Internationalist": The Man Who Misrules The World

The Anomalies Network is proud to present another conspiracy book lost to the mists of time. For our current selection we have chosen to release Rockefeller "Industrialist" : The Man Who Misrules the World from our public domain archive. In this pioneering work, Emanuel Joesephson exposes Rockefeller's schemes in finance, education, medicine, social work, philanthropy, foreign and domestic policy. He also relates with extreme detail, though documentation and researched accounts nefarious scams engineered by Rockefeller including his links with the infamous German chemical cartel I.G. Farbin and Rockefeller's own support not only of Hitler but also the Soviet Union. You also gain a keen insight Into one of the true architects of the New World Order as we know it today. Now back in print for the first time in 50 years, Rockefeller "Industrialist" : The Man Who Misrules the World.

Paperback: 442 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (July 4, 2008)

The Creature from Jekyll Island

Review

G. Edward Griffin is to be commended for this splendid work. At first glance The Creature from Jekyll Island is a huge book. While this may be daunting to some, once the book is actually started, it flows smoothly and reads quickly. There are so many fascinating tidbits of information here that the reader won't even be concerned about the size of the book. The title refers to the formation of the Federal Reserve System, which occurred at a secret meeting at Jekyll Island, Georgia in 1910. It was at this meeting, as Griffin relates, that the "Money Trust", composed of the richest and most powerful bankers in the world, along with a U.S. Senator, wrote the proposal to launch the Federal Reserve System (which Griffin calls a banking cartel) to control the financial system so that the bankers will always come out on top. The biggest problem in modern banking, according to Griffin, is and has always been the creation of fiat money. Fiat money is money that is "declared" money by the government. It is not backed by anything but promises and deceit. All societies were sound financially when they used gold or silver to back their currency. When the bankers finally get their way and install fiat money, the result is inflation and boom and bust cycles. Griffin gives numerous examples of this, such as repeated failures by American colonies and European states in using fiat money. The purpose of fiat money is so that the government can spend more then they take in through taxes. Without writing reams on this book, it is sufficient to say that this is a must read for anyone who is interested in learning how the money system operates. Griffin gives comprehensive accounts of how the Fed creates money, and how this affects everyday life. I would have to say these sections are better than Murray Rothbard's book, The Case Against the Fed, because Griffin gives himself more room for explanation. Griffin does believe in the conspiratorial view of history, and he believes that the bankers are working in concert with such groups as the Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission to bring about a socialist-world system in which an elite composed of intellectuals and bankers will rule over the entire planet. Griffin even spends a chapter outlining how this system could come about, and the consequent results of this socialist system. These chapters are a bit unsettling, but even if you aren't interested in this worldview, you can still learn much about the economy from this book. Recommended --By Jeffrey Leach on July 29, 2001

This book, while slightly marred by the occasional conspiracy theory, is a great account of one of the most important real life conspiracies of our time. It is well researched with plenty of footnotes for anyone who wants to look more deeply. It tells the real story of how bankers have lured politicians with easy money and ended up in control of most of the world. Whether or not they can keep up our (or rather, their) sleight-of-hand monetary system forever, the important thing is the power these bankers wield that should not be theirs. This book should be required reading. And by all means do your own research. Topics covered: founding of the Federal Reserve, war mongering, bail-outs, boom-bust cycles, the J.P.Morgans and Rothschilds of the world, the history of central banking in the United States, and most fascinating: how the money system really works in this country. Despite its lack of perfection, this book is by far the most relevant and interesting thing I have read about economics in a long time. It is written in terms that anyone can understand, which will immediately rule out the kind of reader who is impressed by a lot of technical jargon that supposedly demonstrates an author's mastery of the subject while only serving to confuse laymen (and experts too). --By A Customer on October 30, 1999

This book, while slightly marred by the occasional conspiracy theory, is a great account of one of the most important real life conspiracies of our time. It is well researched with plenty of footnotes for anyone who wants to look more deeply. It tells the real story of how bankers have lured politicians with easy money and ended up in control of most of the world. Whether or not they can keep up our (or rather, their) sleight-of-hand monetary system forever, the important thing is the power these bankers wield that should not be theirs. This book should be required reading. And by all means do your own research. Topics covered: founding of the Federal Reserve, war mongering, bail-outs, boom-bust cycles, the J.P.Morgans and Rothschilds of the world, the history of central banking in the United States, and most fascinating: how the money system really works in this country. Despite its lack of perfection, this book is by far the most relevant and interesting thing I have read about economics in a long time. It is written in terms that anyone can understand, which will immediately rule out the kind of reader who is impressed by a lot of technical jargon that supposedly demonstrates an author's mastery of the subject while only serving to confuse laymen (and experts too). --By A Customer on October 30, 1999

About the Author

Mr. Griffin is a graduate of the University of Michigan, where he majored in speech and communications. He is a recipient of the Telly Award for excellence in television production. He is the founder of the Cancer Cure Foundation and has served on the board of directors of the National Health Federation and the International Association of Cancer Victims and Friends. He is a Contributing Editor for The New American magazine, president of American Media and founder of the Reality Zone.

Paperback: 608 pages
Publisher: American Media; 5th edition (September 11, 2010)

The Reign of the House of Rothschild

This volume carries on the history of the House of Rothschild as revealed by the relevant documents from 1830 up to the peace that concluded the Franco-Prussian War in 1871. In the writing of this volume, the Rothschild families have brought no influence of any kind to bear; the author's aim has been to portray without prejudice or partiality the tremendous part that the House played in the events of the nineteenth century. Original documents and letters that had been intercepted have occasionally afforded particularly illuminating revelations; although, in the case of extracts from some of the letters, it is necessary to bear in mind that the originals were probably carefully altered by the Rothschilds themselves, with the deliberate intention of making upon persons like Metternich a definite impression such as would assist them in carrying out their plans. Seen in this light they are no less instructive and characteristic of the methods of the House than the more ingenuous documents that undoubtedly constitute a large proportion of those used in this work.

The epilogue which appears at the end of the book makes no claim to continue the treatment of the subject on the same lines; it merely attempts to bring out one or two of the more striking moves executed by the House of Rothschild on the political chessboard during the sixty years leading up to the present day, moves which show how the House, in spite of growing difficulties, vanishing influence, and the powerful competition of younger and richer firms, has endeavored until the most recent times to maintain its position, to influence international policies, and although with diminishing success, to drive them along the path which corresponded to the interests of the bank.

Hardcover: 457 pages
Publisher: Cosmopolitan book corporation; First Edition edition (1928)

The Ego and His Own: The Case of the Individual Against Authority (Dover Books on Western Philosophy)

Credited with influencing the philosophies of Nietzsche and Ayn Rand and the development of libertarianism and existentialism, this prophetic 1844 work challenges the very notion of a common good as the driving force of civilization. By examining the role of the human ego, author Max Stirner chronicles the battle of the individual against the collective — showing how, throughout history, the latter invariably leads to oppression. Stirner begins with a study of the individual ego and then traces its subjugation from ancient times to the nineteenth century. Nothing escapes his indictment: the ancient philosophers, Christianity, monarchism, the bourgeois state; all have fettered individuals with laws, morality, and obligations. Revolutions expunge one evil only to replace it with another, and Stirner predicted — years before the publication of Marx's Manifesto — that socialism would climax in the ultimate totalitarian state.

For students of political science and philosophy, this book is essential reading. For those concerned about the encroachment of authority upon individual liberty, Stirner articulates a philosophy that remains unsurpassed in its scope.

Paperback: 400 pages
Publisher: Dover Publications (December 16, 2005)

The Social Contract: A Personal Inquiry into the Evolutionary Sources of Order and Disorder (Robert Ardrey's Nature of Man Series) (Volume 3)

“Violation of biological command has been the failure of social man. Vertebrates though we may be, we have ignored the law of equal opportunity since civilization’s earliest hours. Sexually reproducing beings though we are, we pretend today that the law of inequality does not exist. And enlightened though we may be, while we pursue the unattainable we make impossible the realizable.” In his two previous books, Robert Ardrey exploded a series of philosophical landmines. African Genesis (1961) introduced his new evolutionary approach to an understanding of men. Then came The Territorial Imperative (1966), whose title is now a common phrase in our language. The Social Contract is the third in the series, and it denies that men are created equal - but that they deserve absolute equality of opportunity. Robert Ardrey maintains that since the publication of Rousseau’s Social Contract two centuries ago, men have wasted social resources, converted much of education into a process of brain-washing, committed themselves to one political insane asylum after another, all in pursuit of a goal that is a natural impossibility in any sexually reproducing species. Discarding the myth, Robert Ardrey combines his wealth of knowledge of animal ways with the new insights of modern biology and the newest revelations concerning human evolution to probe perplexing contemporary problems: the revolt of the young, the status struggle and the role of leadership, population control, urban overcrowding, violence in civilized life. Praise for the 1970 edition: “Robert Ardrey’s The Social Contract is as imaginative and exciting as his African Genesis or The Territorial Imperative, but this new book is broader in scope, better balanced, and more philosophical than its predecessors. I disagree with some of Ardrey’s opinions concerning human aggression, because I have greater faith than he has in the power of environmental conditioning. But this does not affect my conviction that The Social Contract will be of immense value in helping the public to probe into the dark and misty areas where zoology, anthropology, and prehistory join to account for the origins of man as a social animal.” - Rene Dubos, Rockefeller University

Paperback: 322 pages
Publisher: StoryDesign LTD (September 9, 2014)

Beyond Good & Evil: Prelude to a Philosophy of the Future

Represents Nietzsche's attempt to sum up his philosophy. In nine parts the book is designed to give the reader a comprehensive idea of Nietzsche's thought and style: they span "The Prejudices of Philsophers," "The Free Spirit," religion, morals, scholarship, "Our Virtues," "Peoples and Fatherlands," and "What Is Noble," as well as epigrams and a concluding poem. Beyond Good and Evil is one of the most remarkable and influential books of the nineteenth century.

This translation by Walter Kaufmann has become the standard one, for accuracy and fidelity to the eccentricities and grace of the style of the original. The translation is based on the only edition Nietzsche himself published, and all variant reading in later editions. This volume offers an inclusive index of subjects and persons, as well as a running footnote commentary on the text.

From the Inside Flap

Represents Nietzsche's attempt to sum up his philosophy. In nine parts the book is designed to give the reader a comprehensive idea of Nietzche's thought and style. With an inclusive index of subjects and persons.

Paperback: 288 pages
Publisher: Vintage (December 17, 1989)

Animal Farm

Manor Farm is like any other English farm, expect for a drunken owner, Mr Jones, incompetent workers and oppressed animals. Fed up with the ignorance of their human masters, the animals rise up in rebellion and take over the farm. Led by intellectually superior pigs like Snowball and Napoleon, the animals how to take charge of their destiny and remove the inequities of their lives. But as time passes, the realize that things aren't happening quite as expected. Animal Farm is, one level, a simple story about barnyard animals. On a much deeper level, it is a savage political satire on corrupted ideals, misdirected revolutions and class conflict-themes as valid today as they were sixty years ago.

About the Author

Eric Arthur Blair (George Orwell) was an English writer. His work is characterized by lucid prose, biting social criticism, opposition to totalitarianism, and outspoken support of democratic socialism. He is best-known for his dystopian social-commentary novel 1984 and his allegorical fairytale Animal Farm.

Hardcover: 144 pages
Publisher: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt (November 20, 1990)

The Prince

The Prince is a 16th-century political treatise by the Italian diplomat and political theorist Niccolò Machiavelli. From correspondence a version appears to have been distributed in 1513, using a Latin title, De Principatibus (About Principalities). However, the printed version was not published until 1532, five years after Machiavelli's death. This was done with the permission of the Medici pope Clement VII, but "long before then, in fact since the first appearance of the Prince in manuscript, controversy had swirled about his writings". Although it was written as if it were a traditional work in the mirrors for princes style, it is generally agreed that it was especially innovative. This is only partly because it was written in the vernacular Italian rather than Latin, a practice which had become increasingly popular since the publication of Dante's Divine Comedy and other works of Renaissance literature. The Prince is sometimes claimed to be one of the first works of modern philosophy, especially modern political philosophy, in which the effective truth is taken to be more important than any abstract ideal. It was also in direct conflict with the dominant Catholic and scholastic doctrines of the time concerning how to consider politics and ethics. Although it is relatively short, the treatise is the most remembered of Machiavelli's works and the one most responsible for bringing the word "Machiavellian" into usage as a pejorative. It also helped make "Old Nick" an English term for the devil, and even contributed to the modern negative connotations of the words "politics" and "politician" in western countries. In terms of subject matter it overlaps with the much longer Discourses on Livy, which was written a few years later. In its use of near-contemporary Italians as examples of people who perpetrated criminal deeds for politics, another lesser-known work by Machiavelli which The Prince has been compared to is the Life of Castruccio Castracani. The descriptions within The Prince have the general theme of accepting that the aims of princes—such as glory and survival—can justify the use of immoral means to achieve those ends. “ He who neglects what is done for what ought to be done, sooner effects his ruin than his preservation. ” —Machiavelli, "Chapter 15"

About the Author

Niccolò di Bernardo dei Machiavelli (3 May 1469 21 June 1527) was an Italian historian, politician, diplomat, philosopher, humanist and writer based in Florence during the Renaissance. He was for many years an official in the Florentine Republic, with responsibilities in diplomatic and military affairs. He was a founder of modern political science, and more specifically political ethics. He also wrote comedies, carnival songs, and poetry. His personal correspondence is renowned in the Italian language. He was Secretary to the Second Chancery of the Republic of Florence from 1498 to 1512, when the Medici were out of power. He wrote his masterpiece, The Prince, after the Medici had recovered power and he no longer held a position of responsibility in Florence.

Paperback: 82 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (November 22, 2017)

Theory and History: An Interpretation of Social and Economic Evaluation (Lib Works Ludwig Von Mises CL)

Ludwig von Mises was the leading exponent of the Austrian School of economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He has long been regarded as a most knowledgeable and respected economist, even though his teachings were generally outside the “mainstream.

Theory and History is primarily a critique of Karl Marx, his materialism, and his prediction of the inevitability of socialism. Marx attributes the creation of tools and machines, as well as the economic structure of society, to undefined “material productive forces; Mises rejects this materialistic view; he points out that tools and machines are actually created by individuals acting on the basis of non-materialistic ideas.

This book discusses the theory of economics, i.e., the study of purposive human action, and with history, the record of the past actions of individuals. All actions are determined by ideas. Thoughts and ideas are “real things, Mises writes. “Although intangible and immaterial, they are factors in bringing about changes in the realm, of tangible and material things. Rather than rejecting the study of historical change as a “useless pastime, Mises considers it of the utmost practical importance. “History looks backward into the past, but the lesson it teaches concerns things to come. History opens the mind to an understanding of human nature, increases wisdom, and distinguishes civilized man from the barbarian. Moreover, historical knowledge is of the utmost importance in helping to anticipate and plan for the future.

Though Theory and History may not be studied as often as other, more popular Mises works, it provides great insight into Mises s fundamental thoughts and is a fascinating exploration of human action.

Ludwig von Mises (1881–1973) was the leading spokesman of the Austrian School of Economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Bettina Bien Greaves is a former resident scholar, trustee, and longtime staff member of the Foundation for Economic Education. She has written and lectured extensively on topics of free market economics. Her articles have appeared in such journals as Human Events, Reason, and The Freeman: Ideas on Liberty. A student of Mises, Greaves has become an expert on his work in particular and that of the Austrian School of economics in general. She has translated several Mises monographs, compiled an annotated bibliography of his work, and edited collections of papers by Mises and other members of the Austrian School.

About the Author

Ludwig von Mises (1881-1973) earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Paperback: 281 pages
Publisher: Liberty Fund, Inc. (August 9, 2005)

Human Action: A Treatise on Economics

In the foreword to Human Action: A Treatise on Economics, Mises explains complex market phenomena as "the outcomes of countless conscious, purposive actions, choices, and preferences of individuals, each of whom was trying as best as he or she could under the circumstances to attain various wants and ends and to avoid undesired consequences." It is individual choices in response to personal subjective value judgments that ultimately determine market phenomena—supply and demand, prices, the pattern of production, and even profits and losses. Although governments may presume to set "prices," it is individuals who, by their actions and choices through competitive bidding for money, products, and services, actually determine "prices". Thus, Mises presents economics—not as a study of material goods, services, and products—but as a study of human actions. He sees the science of human action, praxeology, as a science of reason and logic, which recognizes a regularity in the sequence and interrelationships among market phenomena. Mises defends the methodology of praxeology against the criticisms of Marxists, socialists, positivists, and mathematical statisticians.

Mises attributes the tremendous technological progress and the consequent increase in wealth and general welfare in the last two centuries to the introduction of liberal government policies based on free-market economic teachings, creating an economic and political environment which permits individuals to pursue their respective goals in freedom and peace. Mises also explains the futility and counter-productiveness of government attempts to regulate, control, and equalize all people's circumstances: "Men are born unequal and ... it is precisely their inequality that generates social cooperation and civilization."

Ludwig von Mises (1881–1973) was the leading spokesman of the Austrian School of Economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Bettina Bien Greaves is a former resident scholar, trustee, and longtime staff member of the Foundation for Economic Education. She has written and lectured extensively on topics of free market economics. Her articles have appeared in such journals as Human Events, Reason, and The Freeman: Ideas on Liberty. A student of Mises, Greaves has become an expert on his work in particular and that of the Austrian School of economics in general. She has translated several Mises monographs, compiled an annotated bibliography of his work, and edited collections of papers by Mises and other members of the Austrian School.

Paperback: 908 pages
Publisher: Martino Fine Books (October 10, 2012)

Revisionist Viewpoints: Essays in a Dissident Historical Tradition

An outstanding American historian is at his brilliant, pro­vocative best in these essays on World War II war crimes, Allied terror bomb­ing, Fascism, the draft, the American mass media's wartime love affair with Stalin, America's postwar "defense" imperialism, and more. Important for anyone with a serious interest in twentieth century history.

Paperback: 248 pages
Publisher: Ralph Myles; 1st edition (1971)

Disclosure of corporate ownership: Prepared by the Subcommittees on Intergovernmental Relations and Budgeting, Management, and Expenditures of the ... Government Operations, United States Senate

Author: January 1, 1973, by United States. Congress. Senate. Committee on Government Operations. Subcommittee on Intergovernmental Relations

Paperback: 440 pages
Publisher: University of Michigan Library (January 1, 1973)

Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution

“Sutton comes to conclusions that are uncomfortable for many businessmen and economists. For this reason, his work tends to be either dismissed out of hand as ‘extreme’ or, more often, simply ignored.” ―Richard Pipes, Baird Professor Emeritus of History, Harvard University (from Survival Is Not Enough: Soviet Realities and America's Future)

Why did the 1917 American Red Cross Mission to Russia include more financiers than medical doctors? Rather than caring for the victims of war and revolution, its members seemed more intent on negotiating contracts with the Kerensky government and, subsequently, the Bolshevik regime.

In a courageous investigation, Antony Sutton establishes tangible historical links between Russian communists and US capitalists. Drawing on US state department files, personal papers of key Wall Street figures, biographies, and conventional histories, Sutton reveals:

• The role of Morgan banking executives in funneling illegal Bolshevik gold into the US.
• The co-option of the American Red Cross by powerful Wall Street forces.
• The intervention by Wall Street sources to free the Marxist revolutionary Leon Trotsky, whose aim was to topple the Russian government.
• The deals made by major corporations to capture the huge Russian market a decade and a half before the US recognized the Soviet regime.
• The secret sponsoring of Communism by leading businessmen, who publicly championed free enterprise.

Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution traces the foundations of Western funding of the Soviet Union. Dispassionately, and with overwhelming documentation, the author details a crucial phase in the establishment of Communist Russia.

This classic study―first published in 1974 and part of a key trilogy―is reproduced here in its original form. The other volumes in this trilogy are Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler and Wall Street and FDR.

About the Author

Antony C. Sutton (1925-2002) was born in London and educated at the universities of London, Gottingen and California. He was a Research Fellow at the Hoover Institution for War, Revolution, and Peace at Stanford, California, from 1968 to 1973, and later an Economics Professor at California State University, Los Angeles. He is the author of 25 books, including the major three-volume study Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development.

Paperback: 232 pages
Publisher: Clairview Books; Reprint edition (December 1, 2012)

Wall Street and FDR

Franklin D. Roosevelt is frequently described as one of the greatest presidents in American history, remembered for his leadership during the Great Depression and Second World War. Antony Sutton challenges this received wisdom, presenting a controversial but convincing analysis. Based on an extensive study of original documents, he concludes that: * FDR was an elitist who influenced public policy in order to benefit special interests, including his own. * FDR and his Wall Street colleagues were 'corporate socialists', who believed in making society work for their own benefit. * FDR believed in business but not free market economics. Sutton describes the genesis of 'corporate socialism' - acquiring monopolies by means of political influence - which he characterises as 'making society work for the few'. He traces the historical links of the Delano and Roosevelt families to Wall Street, as well as FDR's own political networks developed during his early career as a financial speculator and bond dealer.The New Deal almost destroyed free enterprise in America, but didn't adversely affect FDR's circle of old friends ensconced in select financial institutions and federal regulatory agencies. Together with their corporate allies, this elite group profited from the decrees and programmes generated by their old pal in the White House, whilst thousands of small businesses suffered and millions were unemployed. Wall Street and FDR is much more than a fascinating historical and political study. Many contemporary parallels can be drawn to Sutton's powerful presentation given the recent banking crises and worldwide governments' bolstering of private institutions via the public purse. This classic study - first published in 1975 as the conclusion of a key trilogy - is reproduced here in its original form. (The other volumes in the series are Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler and Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution.)

About the Author

ANTONY C. SUTTON, born in London in 1925, was educated at the universities of London, Gottingen and California. He was a Research Fellow at the Hoover Institution for War, Revolution and Peace at Stanford, California, from 1968 to 1973 and later an Economics Professor at California State University, Los Angeles. He is the author of 25 books, including the major three-volume study Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development. He died in 2002.

Paperback: 200 pages
Publisher: Clairview Books; New edition edition (January 1, 2014)

The Triumph of Conservatism

From the birth of Democracy in Athens, the true battle has been between the philosophy of Draco and the philosophy of Solon, philosophies of constancy and progression, respectively. In our time we call them Conservative and Liberal, and each sees the other as evil and a danger to Democracy. This book is a reinterpretation of the so-called "Progressive Era" under the presidencies of Teddy Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson, with the relatively draconian presidency of William Taft in between.

Paperback: 356 pages
Publisher: Free Press; unknown edition (March 1, 1977)

The Wall Street Gang

This book offers investors an inquiry into the squeeze play of Wall Street wheeler-dealers and also provides them with an approach to the market that shows them how to time their investment decisions to coincide with those of the exchange insider. From beginning to end, The Wall Street Gang reads like a suspense story as the author shows how the great wealth and power of the New York Stock Exchange depend on the ignorance and confusion of the investing public. With penetrating insight, he analyzes the basic problems posed to investors by a financial system that is able to manipulate and control investors, stock prices, the media, politicians, and the executive suite of every major corporation in America. In documenting the failure of the SEC and Interstate Commerce Commission to regulate and the complicity between the government and Wall Street insiders, he uses charts and tables that are informative and more illuminating than similar charts that appear in daily papers because of the lucid explanations that accompany them. Case histories enable the investor to recognize the symptoms of fraud and prepare to take action if necessary. In another section of the book, he informs investors of their recourse to the courts as vehicles for the recovery of damages when stockbrokers violate the securities laws.

Hardcover: 284 pages
Publisher: Praeger Publishers, Inc.; 1st edition (May 1974)

The Rich and the Super-Rich: A Study in the Power of Money Today

In the late 1930s bombshell of a book appeared which told the story of the lords of wealth and their glittering clans. It was called AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. It rocked the nation and became a classic.

Lundberg showed how America was ruled by a plutocracy of inherited wealth, even under the New Deal. At the time he could only provide a sampling of the economic and political patterns of those families, which, for one reason or another, had come under public scrutiny. In addition to the Sixty Families he dealt with in depth, he was able to outline the probable holdings of a few hundred other families.

The author, in writing THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH, had at his disposal infinitely richer data, monographs, Congressional investigations than were available three decades ago. They have made it possible for him to give us a book which is much more than a mere updating of AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. It is, rather, a systematic study of the entire wealthy class and its familial structure. (In one important aspect it resembles AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES: It is written for the layman to awaken the reader to the real and little-known situation.) Original publication was delayed to update John Paul Getty's most current wealth.

These families have all the old levers of power and pelf plus a whole host of new ones created for them during the intervening decades by the politicians, lawyers and judges who serve them. Although published in 1968 and rocketed to the top of the bestseller list, the wealth managed by these families remains a significant force in today’s economy and should not be underestimated.

Ferdinand Lundberg’s IMPERIAL HEARST was the basis for the screenplay CITIZEN KANE. Other bestsellers include MODERN WOMEN: THE LOST SEX (in collaboration) and the book for which he is most noted, AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. This book was embraced by New Deal leaders and helped to shape the destiny of the Roosevelt Administration in its early years.

During World War II, Lundberg was an economist with the War Production Board and the War Shipping Administration. After the war, he served the Twentieth Century Fund as editor and began teaching—first at Finch College, New York, and then as Adjunct Professor of Social Philosophy at New York University. He took leave in 1965 to devote all his time to writing THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH, published in 1968. It became the number one bestselling book in the United States. It was translated and published in eight other countries and became number one in Germany for many months.

Mr. Lundberg completed his formal education at Columbia University, where he was awarded the B.Sc. and M.A.

Hardcover: 812 pages
Publisher: Lyle Stuart; 1st edition (June 1, 1968)

America's 60 Families

Originally published in 1937, this early work on American politics is both expensive and hard to find in its first edition. It details the history of industrial trusts, finance, business and the federal government during the early twentieth century. This is a fascinating work and thoroughly recommended for anyone interested in American history. Many of the earliest books, particularly those dating back to the 1900s and before, are now extremely scarce. We are republishing these classic works in affordable, high quality, modern editions, using the original text and artwork.

Hardcover: 566 pages
Publisher: Lundberg Press (November 4, 2008)

Who Rules America?

Drawing from a power elite perspective and the latest empirical data, Domhoff’s classic text is an invaluable tool for teaching students about how power operates in U.S. society. Domhoff argues that the owners and top-level managers in large income-producing properties are far and away the dominant figures in the U.S. Their corporations, banks, and agribusinesses come together as a corporate community that dominates the federal government in Washington and their real estate, construction, and land development companies form growth coalitions that dominate most local governments. By providing empirical evidence for his argument, Domhoff encourages students to think critically about the power structure in American society and its implications for our democracy.

Paperback: 184 pages
Publisher: Prentice Hall; 1st edition (December 1967)

< The Higher Circles: The Governing Class in America

Contents:

• Social indicators and social institutions of the upper class.
• The feminine half of the upper class.
• The jet set, celebrities, and the upper class.
• Cohesion and consciousness: is there an American upper class?
• How the power elite make foreign policy.
• How the power elite shape social legislation.
• The power elite, the CIA, and the struggle for minds.
• Dan Smott, Phyllis Schlafly, Reverend McBirnie, and me.
• Where a pluralist goes wrong.

Hardcover: 367 pages
Publisher: Random House; 1st edition (1970)

The Money Lords: The Great Finance Capitalists 1925-1950

After the Robber Barons came the new kings of capitalism.

Hardcover: 374 pages
Publisher: Weybright and Talley (1972)

The Robber Barons

Rockefeller, Morgan, Vanderbilt, Carnegie, Harriman, Gould, Frick ... this is the story of the giant American capitalists who seized economic power after the Civil War and altered the shape of American life forever.

Paperback: 474 pages
Publisher: Mariner Books (January 24, 1962)

The Plot to Seize the White House: The Shocking True Story of the Conspiracy to Overthrow FDR

Most people will be shocked to learn that in 1933 a cabal of wealthy industrialists—in league with groups like the K.K.K. and the American Liberty League—planned to overthrow the U.S. government in a fascist coup. Their plan was to turn discontented veterans into American “brown shirts,” depose F.D.R., and stop the New Deal. They clandestinely asked Medal of Honor recipient and Marine Major General Smedley Darlington Butler to become the first American Caesar. He, though, was a true patriot and revealed the plot to journalists and to Congress. In a time when a sitting President has invoked national security to circumvent constitutional checks and balances, this episode puts the spotlight on attacks upon our democracy and the individual courage needed to repel them.

About the Author

Jules Archer served four years during World War II in the Pacific with the Army Air Corps. He wrote many books on political events and personalities, including "The Dictators"; " Hawks, Doves and the Eagle"; and "The Extremists." He lived in New York until his passing.

Anne Cipriano Venzon (Introduction): Anne Cipriano Venzon is the author of " General Smedley Darlington Butler."

Paperback: 256 pages
Publisher: Skyhorse Publishing; First Edition, 2nd Printing edition (March 1, 2007)

David: Report on a Rockefeller

David Report on a Rockefeller by William Hoffman

Hardcover: 192 pages
Publisher: Lyle Stuart, Inc. (December 1971)

The Incredible Rocky Vs the Power of the People!

Oversized Underground exposing the dark side of America' richest family.

Comic: 49 pages
Publisher: North American Congress on Latin America (January 1, 1975)

History of the Great American Fortunes: Volume I

In writing this work my aim has been to give the exact facts as far as the available material allows. Necessarily it is impossible, from the very nature of the case, to obtain all the facts. It is obvious that in both past and present times the chief beneficiaries of our social and industrial system have found it to their interest to represent their accumulations as the rewards of industry and ability, and have likewise had the strongest motives for concealing the circumstances of all those complex and devious methods which have been used in building up great fortunes. In this they have been assisted by a society so constituted that the means by which these great fortunes have been amassed have been generally lauded as legitimate and exemplary.

The possessors of towering fortunes have hitherto been described in two ways. On the one hand, they have been held up as marvels of success, as preëminent examples of thrift, enterprise and extraordinary ability. More recently, however, the tendency in certain quarters has been diametrically the opposite. This latter class of writers, intent upon pandering to a supposed popular appetite for sensation, pile exposure upon exposure, and hold up the objects of their diatribes as monsters of commercial and political crime. Neither of these classes has sought to establish definitely the relation of the great fortunes to the social and industrial system which has propagated them. Consequently, these superficial effusions and tirades—based upon a lack of understanding of the propelling forces of society—have little value other than as reflections of a certain aimless and disordered spirit of the times. With all their volumes of print, they leave us in possession of a scattered array of assertions, bearing some resemblance to facts, which, however, fail to be facts inasmuch as they are either distorted to take shape as fulsome eulogies or as wild, meaningless onslaughts.

They give no explanation of the fundamental laws and movements of the present system, which have resulted in these vast fortunes; nor is there the least glimmering of a scientific interpretation of a succession of states and tendencies from which these men of great wealth have emerged. With an entire absence of comprehension, they portray our multimillionaires as a phenomenal group whose sudden rise to their sinister and overshadowing position is a matter of wonder and surprise. They do not seem to realize for a moment—what is clear to every real student of economics—that the great fortunes are the natural, logical outcome of a system based upon factors the inevitable result of which is the utter despoilment of the many for the benefit of a few.

About the Author

GUSTAVUS MYERS, 1872 - 1942, was a the pioneering historian who wrote ten major works during his life.

Paperback: 114 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (September 30, 2014)

National Suicide: Military Aid to the Soviet Union

You may read this book and think the author "dreamed a dream that could not be." For Antony Sutton, research fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University, proves that there is no such thing as Soviet technology, only American and allied technology on Soviet soil. Technology that maimed and killed American boys in Korea and Vietnam.

Bridge building to Communist Russia is nothing new. It started early in 1918. With mountains of documentation Mr. Sutton shows that 90 to 95 percent of Soviet technology since 1918 has come from America and its allies . . . that we've built for, or sold, or traded, or given outright to the Communists everything from copper wiring and motor vehicles to combat tanks, missile equipment and computers . . . that we are today giving equipment to build the world 's largest heavy­ truck plant (output: 100,000 ten-ton trucks per year - more than all U.S. manufacturers produce in a year) . . . that "peaceful trade" is a myth . . . that to the Soviets all goods are strategic. All this, to create and maintain an enemy that we annually spend $80 billion to defend against.

National Suicide, researched for over ten years, mentions scores of products passed on to the Soviets (down to the design specifications, in some cases). It fearlessly names the guilty manufacturers and politicians - right up to Presidents of the United States.

The government won't like this book. It blows the lid off information that has been kept from the public till now. But Americans weary of no-win wars and taxpayers repelled at subsidizing our enemy will hail this scholarly, gutsy volume.

Hardcover: 283 pages
Publisher: Arlington House; 1st edition (1973)

Lindbergh On the Federal Reserve (The Economic Pinch)

1968: by Charles A. Lindbergh- The key to all the good things is the mind, so open your mind and begin to think.

Paperback: 249 pages
Publisher: Noontide Press; New edition edition (December 1968)

Collective Speeches of Congressman Louis T. McFadden; Federal Reserve Exposed

Speeches from famous, patriotic, uncorruptible US politician.

Paperback: ? pages
Publisher: Omni Publications; 3rd First publisher in 1970 edition (2005)

< The Federal Reserve Bank

No details

Paperback: 256 pages
Publisher: Noontide Press; Revised Printing edition (1968)

None Dare Call It Conspiracy

This book is a primer for anyone who wishes to understand the basic workings of the global network of Insiders that is determined to wield power over all of mankind in the coming New World Order. The Special Edition is updated with illustrations and charts for 2013. Introduction by U.S. Congressman John G. Schmitz: The story you are about to read is true. The names have not been changed to protect the guilty. This book may have the effect of changing your life. After reading this book, you will never look at national and world events in the same way again. None Dare Call It Conspiracy will be a very controversial book. At first it will receive little publicity and those whose plans are exposed in it will try to kill it by the silent treatment. For reasons that become obvious as you read this book, it will not be reviewed in all the "proper" places or be available on your local book stand. However, there is nothing these people can do to stop a grass roots book distributing system. Eventually it will be necessary for the people and organizations named in this book to try to blunt its effect by attacking it or the author. They have a tremendous vested interest in keeping you from discovering what they are doing. And they have the big guns of the mass media at their disposal to fire the barrages at None Dare Call It Conspiracy. By sheer volume, the "experts" will try to ridicule you out of investigating for yourself as to whether or not the information in this book is true They will ignore the fact that the author about to conjecture. They will find a typographical error or ague some point that is open to debate. If necessary they will lie in order to protect themselves by smearing this book. I believe those who pooh-pooh the information herein because psychologically many people would prefer to believe we are because we all like to ignore bad news. We do so at our own peril.

Paperback: 160 pages
Publisher: Dauphin Publications; Special edition (January 30, 2013)

Richard Nixon the Man Behind the Mask

No Details

Paperback: 433 pages
Publisher: Western Islands (June 1, 1971)

The Rockefeller File - Secret

The super rich in America enjoy power and prerogatives un-imaginable to most of us. Who can conceive of owning a private empire that includes 100 homes, 2,500 servants, untold thousands of luxuries, and untold millions of dollars? America has a royal family of finance that has known such riches for generations. It is, of course, the Rockefellers. But if the Rockefellers were content with their wealth, if their riches had satisfied their desires, this book would not have been written. And I would not be urging you to read it. Money alone is not enough to quench the thirst and lusts of the super-rich. Instead, many of them use their vast wealth, and the influence such riches give them, to achieve even more power. Power of a magnitude never dreamed of by the tyrants and despots of earlier ages. Power on a world wide scale. Power over people, not just products...

Paperback: 194 pages
Publisher: 76 Press (1976)

The Invisible Government

Dan Smoot's "Invisble Government" sold about 1 million copies through self-publishing alone, but it did not appear on the New York Times "Best Sellers List" of 1962. Essentially it is a book dealing with organization called The Council on Foreign Relations founded by Edward Mandel House, one of the Dullers brothers and others devoted to bringing "socialism as dreamed of by Karl Marx.", to quote House, to this country. The writing is dry but effective. Had he lived, Senator Joseph McCarthy might have written this book himself since the Council is one of groups that he was getting into his sights before Eisenhower stopped him. What Dan Smoot revealed is how ITC control of the national medias is so pervasive that true and vital news seldom gets to the populace at large. Smoot's anaylsis of it's goals bear close attention for those who are interested in answering befuddling questions about U.S. foreign and domestic policies. Over twenty six years later "The Shadows of Power" by James Perloff, brought the CFR up to date, and the report on how this subversive organization has not been dealt with is not good! From what one may gather after reading "The Invisible Government" is how many lives have been ruined or lost in order to fulfill the dreams of a few determined to create a "New World Order". If you think this is only the stuff of Ian Flemming or H.G. Wells, Smoot's book goes a long way to prove otherwise.

About the Author

Dan Smoot (1913-2003) was an FBI agent and a conservative political activist. From the 1950s to 1971 , he published The Dan Smoot Report, which chronicled alleged communist infiltration in various sectors of American government and society. In 1970 , he opposed the selection of a future U.S. president, George Herbert Walker Bush, as the Republican nominee for the U.S. Senate from Texas. He claimed that Bush's political philosophy was little different from the Democrats that he sought to oppose. Bush lost the Senate election that year to popular Democrat Lloyd M. Bentsen, Jr. In 1972 , Smoot opposed the reelection of Richard M. Nixon and served as campaign manager for American Independent Party presidential candidate John G. Schmitz of California.

Paperback: 176 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (December 31, 2013)

Naked Capitalist

In "The Naked Capitalist" , Dr. Skousen reviews the book "Tragedy and Hope" by Carroll Quigley. It reveals how some of the richest people in the world have supported communism and socialism. Why would they support what appears to be the pathway to their own destruction? Dr. Quigley has been associated with many of these dynastic families of the super-rich. Dr. Skousen therefore writes as an authority on the world's secret power structure. His answers to the above question will astonish you.

About the Author

W. Cleon Skousen is best remembered as a popular author, speaker and teacher who lectured in every state and province in North America, and in more than 60 countries world-wide. He was a student of history and a scholar of law, specializing in the principles of Freedom, the U.S. Constitution, economics, and ancient history and scriptures.

He was invited to write a new constitution for Canada and the proposed United States of Latin America, and he published a model constitution that could be adopted by nations everywhere. He served in the FBI for 16 years, four years as Chief of Police in Salt Lake City, and ten years as a university professor. He was a prolific writer and produced three national best sellers, The Naked Communist, The Naked Capitalist, and The Five Thousand Year Leap. Eight of his books were used as college texts, and several were translated and published in other countries.

Dr. Skousen was born in Canada, and returned to the U.S. with his family at age ten. He spent two years in Mexico, two years in England, graduated from San Bernardino College in California, and received his juris doctor degree from George Washington University Law School. He was admitted to practice law in the District of Columbia and before the District Court of Appeals and the U.S. Supreme Court.

His seminars on the Constitution have been taught to several million across the U.S., and among his students were dozens of U.S. Senators and Representatives, two Supreme Court justices, and several candidates for President. He believed knowledge and understanding were key to maintaining a free country, and spent his entire adult life opening up complex issues for deeper understanding by students and audiences all around the world.

Dr. Skousen and his wife, Jewel Pitcher of San Bernardino, California, are the parents of eight children, 50 grandchildren, and more than 120 great-grandchildren.

Paperback: 144 pages
Publisher: Reviewer; Later Printing edition (January 1, 1993)

Captain and the Kings

New York Times Bestseller: Sweeping from the 1850s through the early 1920s, this towering family saga examines the price of ambition and power.

Joseph Francis Xavier Armagh is twelve years old when he gets his first glimpse of the promised land of America through a dirty porthole in steerage on an Irish immigrant ship. His long voyage, dogged by tragedy, ends not in the great city of New York but in the bigoted, small town of Winfield, Pennsylvania, where his younger brother, Sean, and his infant sister, Regina, are sent to an orphanage. Joseph toils at whatever work will pay a living wage and plans for the day he can take his siblings away from St. Agnes’s Orphanage and make a home for them all.

Joseph’s journey will catapult him to the highest echelons of power and grant him entry into the most elite political circles. Even as misfortune continues to follow the Armagh family like an ancient curse, Joseph takes his revenge against the uncaring world that once took everything from him. He orchestrates his eldest son Rory’s political ascent from the offspring of an Irish immigrant to US senator. And Joseph will settle for nothing less than the pinnacle of glory: seeing his boy crowned the first Catholic president of the United States.

Spanning seventy years, Captains and the Kings, which was adapted into an eight-part television miniseries, is Taylor Caldwell’s masterpiece about nineteenth- and early twentieth-century America, and the grit, ambition, fortitude, and sheer hubris it takes for an immigrant to survive and thrive in a dynamic new land.

About the Author

Taylor Caldwell (1900–1985) was one of the most prolific and widely read authors of the twentieth century. Born Janet Miriam Holland Taylor Caldwell in Manchester, England, she moved with her family to Buffalo, New York, in 1907. She started writing stories when she was eight years old and completed her first novel when she was twelve. Married at age eighteen, Caldwell worked as a stenographer and court reporter to help support her family and took college courses at night, earning a bachelor of arts degree from the University of Buffalo in 1931. She adopted the pen name Taylor Caldwell because legendary editor Maxwell Perkins thought her debut novel, Dynasty of Death (1938), would be better received if readers assumed it were written by a man. In a career that spanned five decades, Caldwell published forty novels, many of which were New York Times bestsellers. Her best-known works include the historical sagas The Sound of Thunder (1957), Testimony of Two Men (1968), Captains and the Kings (1972), and Ceremony of the Innocent (1976), and the spiritually themed novels The Listener (1960) and No One Hears But Him (1966). Dear and Glorious Physician (1958), a portrayal of the life of St. Luke, and Great Lion of God (1970), about the life of St. Paul, are among the bestselling religious novels of all time. Caldwell’s last novel, Answer as a Man (1981), hit the New York Times bestseller list before its official publication date. She died at her home in Greenwich, Connecticut, in 1985.

Hardcover: 756 pages
Publisher: Doubleday & Co; First Edition, First Printing edition (1972)

Proofs of a Conspiracy

This anthology is a thorough introduction to classic literature for those who have not yet experienced these literary masterworks. For those who have known and loved these works in the past, this is an invitation to reunite with old friends in a fresh new format. From Shakespeare s finesse to Oscar Wilde s wit, this unique collection brings together works as diverse and influential as The Pilgrim s Progress and Othello. As an anthology that invites readers to immerse themselves in the masterpieces of the literary giants, it is must-have addition to any library.

About the Author

John Robison has been certified by the American Canoe Association in coastal kayak, whitewater kayak, and whitewater canoe instruction and has paddled extensively around the world. --This text refers to an alternate Paperback edition.

Paperback: 194 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (April 23, 2012)

Secret Societies & Subversive Movements

This work has been selected by scholars as being culturally important, and is part of the knowledge base of civilization as we know it. This work was reproduced from the original artifact, and remains as true to the original work as possible. Therefore, you will see the original copyright references, library stamps (as most of these works have been housed in our most important libraries around the world), and other notations in the work.

This work is in the public domain in the United States of America, and possibly other nations. Within the United States, you may freely copy and distribute this work, as no entity (individual or corporate) has a copyright on the body of the work.

As a reproduction of a historical artifact, this work may contain missing or blurred pages, poor pictures, errant marks, etc. Scholars believe, and we concur, that this work is important enough to be preserved, reproduced, and made generally available to the public. We appreciate your support of the preservation process, and thank you for being an important part of keeping this knowledge alive and relevant.

About the Author

Nesta Helen Webster (Mrs. Arthur Webster), (24 August 1876 – 16 May 1960) was a controversial author who revived conspiracy theories about the Illuminati. She argued that the secret society's members were occultists, plotting communist world domination, using the idea of a Jewish cabal,[citation needed] the Masons and Jesuits as a smokescreen. According to her, their international subversion included the French Revolution, 1848 Revolution, the First World War, and the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917. In 1920, Webster was one of the contributing authors who wrote The Jewish Peril, a series of articles in the London Morning Post centred on the Protocols of the Elders of Zion. These articles were subsequently compiled and published in the same year in book form under the title of The Cause of World Unrest. Webster claimed that the authenticity of the Protocols of the Elders of Zion was an "open question" --This text refers to an alternate Paperback edition.

Paperback: 432 pages
Publisher: EWorld Inc. (October 31, 2014)

The Truth About The Slump: What The News Never Tells

This book tells the story of who caused the slump and how they caused it, and it directs attention to two simple steps that can be taken to save our farmers and traders. No greater mistake can be made than to suppose that the present slump in commodity prices is due to blind economic forces. The depression from which we now suffer is due to an artificially induced variation in the purchasing power of money. In these pages will be found ample evidence in support of this statement. The quarter from which the trouble is coming is indicated, and the amazing manner in which the machinery for monetary control of the world was established is traced out. The story of the slump is essentially a story of men and their motives. Some of those motives, such as declarations of hostility to the British Empire, and action inimical to it, are matters of open public record : others are a matter of speculation. The facts set out rest upon unimpeachable authority, and the sources are given throughout. Any reader who has access to a large library can verify them all for himself, and by a little research would doubtless uncover much additional matter supplementing and confirming what the present author has assembled. Nevertheless, one may search in vain through the newspaper press, through the utterances of public men, through practically the whole current literature of today, for any reference to these central, pivotal facts governing the whole world price level and the financial and economic situation today. Why this silence? The answer is that the most potent forces in the world today are forces that do not work in the open. They could not work in the open : for if they did mankind would not for one instant tolerate their continuance. It is essential for the success of their plans that the people of the world should be unaware of the chains that have been made to enmesh them. A small number of persons in different countries have shown by their utterances that they are well aware of what is taking place - or, rather, has been taking placefor the chain of events extends back over a long period of time. Three-quarters of a century ago Disraeli told Britain's House of Commons that "the world is governed by very different persons from what is imagined by those who are not behind the scenes." In a recent interview, General Ludendorff, chief of the German General Staff through the war, declared that the world today is ruled by "secret supra-national powers," "the same diabolically clever wire-pullers that brought about the last cataclysm." In the London "National Review" six years ago Mr. Arthur Kitson wrote about "Our Invisible Rulers," and in other articles has expounded this same theme. In giving evidence before a United States Congressional committee in 1926, Mr. Western Starr, head of the United States Farmer-Labour Party, declared that unless a certain group of men, whom he referred to as "these old men of the sea," had their power curbed the world would be plunged into another war, compared with which the last war would be "like a Fourth of July picnic.' ' More cryptically, but none the less significantly, Sir Josiah Stamp, one of Britain's foremost business men and economists, has expressed the opinion-remarkable as coming from a director of the Bank of England-that money, after having brought civilisation to its present level, may well "actually destroy society." When the reader has digested the facts herein assembled this statement may fall less incredibly on his ear. It is impossible to maintain our country in a state of security unless we face the facts and conform to reality. Our national peril is that we are ignoring all the vital facts of the situation. Our enemies are none the less real because their ways are hidden ways. But they are a thousand times more insidious. What the war failed to do they seek, to accomplish, and their ambition is to shatter in bankruptcy and ruin the once-splendid fabric of the British Empire. A. N. FIELD. Okiwi Bay, Croixelles. February, 1931. ...

Paperback: 210 pages
Publisher: A. N. Field; First Edition edition (1931)

The Untold History: How the British East India Company's "Pre-Fabian" philosophical radicals set up Capitalism and its antithesis Communisim

No details available

Unknown Binding: 290 pages
Publisher: The Committee for the Restoration of the Republic (1954)

Karl Marx, Capitalist

For over a century, Marxism and Communism have been loudly proclaimed as the only means of eliminating poverty, exploitation, and human misery. Yet, wherever Communism has been established, the exact opposite has happened. Rather than generating prosperity, it breeds economic paralysis, exploitation, poverty and human misery. For years Americans have been told that the goal of our foreign policy is to fight Communism. Untold billions have been spent on foreign aid and almost perpetual wars have been fought in pursuance of these doctrines. Yet the Socialist-Communist countries continue to expand their empires and boastfully proclaim their intention of overthrowing Capitalism and "burying us." But, if Capitalism is overthrown, we will have Communism (or Socialism), which is what we have been fighting all the time. Or have we? Clearly our attempts to "stop Communism" over the past twenty-five years have been either a total failure or a smashing success, depending on one'[s point of view. Even on a random chance basis, the United States would have been right approximately fifty percent of the time. Since our nation has been almost "perpetually wrong," it should now be obvious that the real purposes behind our seemingly disastrous domestic and foreign policies are being concealed, and the frenzied collectivization of our nation is part of a deliberately calculated plan. The forces behind today's tragic events are far different than many would suppose. When the truth is finally revealed, we will find that Communism is merely one link in a much larger movement which embraces total world domination as its ultimate aim. Powerful forces have been working toward this end for centuries, and they now feel that their goal is in sight.... Whether or not these champions of evil succeed will depend on how an alerted America reacts when the truth of the magnitude of this betrayal is ... our nation to the brink of economic moral and military disaster. --- excerpts from Introduction

Paperback: 126 pages
Publisher: Enterprise Publications (1972)

Rockefeller "Internationalist": The Man Who Misrules The World

The Anomalies Network is proud to present another conspiracy book lost to the mists of time. For our current selection we have chosen to release Rockefeller "Industrialist" : The Man Who Misrules the World from our public domain archive. In this pioneering work, Emanuel Joesephson exposes Rockefeller's schemes in finance, education, medicine, social work, philanthropy, foreign and domestic policy. He also relates with extreme detail, though documentation and researched accounts nefarious scams engineered by Rockefeller including his links with the infamous German chemical cartel I.G. Farbin and Rockefeller's own support not only of Hitler but also the Soviet Union. You also gain a keen insight Into one of the true architects of the New World Order as we know it today. Now back in print for the first time in 50 years, Rockefeller "Industrialist" : The Man Who Misrules the World.

Paperback: 442 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (July 4, 2008)

The Creature from Jekyll Island

Review

G. Edward Griffin is to be commended for this splendid work. At first glance The Creature from Jekyll Island is a huge book. While this may be daunting to some, once the book is actually started, it flows smoothly and reads quickly. There are so many fascinating tidbits of information here that the reader won't even be concerned about the size of the book. The title refers to the formation of the Federal Reserve System, which occurred at a secret meeting at Jekyll Island, Georgia in 1910. It was at this meeting, as Griffin relates, that the "Money Trust", composed of the richest and most powerful bankers in the world, along with a U.S. Senator, wrote the proposal to launch the Federal Reserve System (which Griffin calls a banking cartel) to control the financial system so that the bankers will always come out on top. The biggest problem in modern banking, according to Griffin, is and has always been the creation of fiat money. Fiat money is money that is "declared" money by the government. It is not backed by anything but promises and deceit. All societies were sound financially when they used gold or silver to back their currency. When the bankers finally get their way and install fiat money, the result is inflation and boom and bust cycles. Griffin gives numerous examples of this, such as repeated failures by American colonies and European states in using fiat money. The purpose of fiat money is so that the government can spend more then they take in through taxes. Without writing reams on this book, it is sufficient to say that this is a must read for anyone who is interested in learning how the money system operates. Griffin gives comprehensive accounts of how the Fed creates money, and how this affects everyday life. I would have to say these sections are better than Murray Rothbard's book, The Case Against the Fed, because Griffin gives himself more room for explanation. Griffin does believe in the conspiratorial view of history, and he believes that the bankers are working in concert with such groups as the Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission to bring about a socialist-world system in which an elite composed of intellectuals and bankers will rule over the entire planet. Griffin even spends a chapter outlining how this system could come about, and the consequent results of this socialist system. These chapters are a bit unsettling, but even if you aren't interested in this worldview, you can still learn much about the economy from this book. Recommended --By Jeffrey Leach on July 29, 2001

This book, while slightly marred by the occasional conspiracy theory, is a great account of one of the most important real life conspiracies of our time. It is well researched with plenty of footnotes for anyone who wants to look more deeply. It tells the real story of how bankers have lured politicians with easy money and ended up in control of most of the world. Whether or not they can keep up our (or rather, their) sleight-of-hand monetary system forever, the important thing is the power these bankers wield that should not be theirs. This book should be required reading. And by all means do your own research. Topics covered: founding of the Federal Reserve, war mongering, bail-outs, boom-bust cycles, the J.P.Morgans and Rothschilds of the world, the history of central banking in the United States, and most fascinating: how the money system really works in this country. Despite its lack of perfection, this book is by far the most relevant and interesting thing I have read about economics in a long time. It is written in terms that anyone can understand, which will immediately rule out the kind of reader who is impressed by a lot of technical jargon that supposedly demonstrates an author's mastery of the subject while only serving to confuse laymen (and experts too). --By A Customer on October 30, 1999

This book, while slightly marred by the occasional conspiracy theory, is a great account of one of the most important real life conspiracies of our time. It is well researched with plenty of footnotes for anyone who wants to look more deeply. It tells the real story of how bankers have lured politicians with easy money and ended up in control of most of the world. Whether or not they can keep up our (or rather, their) sleight-of-hand monetary system forever, the important thing is the power these bankers wield that should not be theirs. This book should be required reading. And by all means do your own research. Topics covered: founding of the Federal Reserve, war mongering, bail-outs, boom-bust cycles, the J.P.Morgans and Rothschilds of the world, the history of central banking in the United States, and most fascinating: how the money system really works in this country. Despite its lack of perfection, this book is by far the most relevant and interesting thing I have read about economics in a long time. It is written in terms that anyone can understand, which will immediately rule out the kind of reader who is impressed by a lot of technical jargon that supposedly demonstrates an author's mastery of the subject while only serving to confuse laymen (and experts too). --By A Customer on October 30, 1999

About the Author

Mr. Griffin is a graduate of the University of Michigan, where he majored in speech and communications. He is a recipient of the Telly Award for excellence in television production. He is the founder of the Cancer Cure Foundation and has served on the board of directors of the National Health Federation and the International Association of Cancer Victims and Friends. He is a Contributing Editor for The New American magazine, president of American Media and founder of the Reality Zone.

Paperback: 608 pages
Publisher: American Media; 5th edition (September 11, 2010)

The Reign of the House of Rothschild

This volume carries on the history of the House of Rothschild as revealed by the relevant documents from 1830 up to the peace that concluded the Franco-Prussian War in 1871. In the writing of this volume, the Rothschild families have brought no influence of any kind to bear; the author's aim has been to portray without prejudice or partiality the tremendous part that the House played in the events of the nineteenth century. Original documents and letters that had been intercepted have occasionally afforded particularly illuminating revelations; although, in the case of extracts from some of the letters, it is necessary to bear in mind that the originals were probably carefully altered by the Rothschilds themselves, with the deliberate intention of making upon persons like Metternich a definite impression such as would assist them in carrying out their plans. Seen in this light they are no less instructive and characteristic of the methods of the House than the more ingenuous documents that undoubtedly constitute a large proportion of those used in this work.

The epilogue which appears at the end of the book makes no claim to continue the treatment of the subject on the same lines; it merely attempts to bring out one or two of the more striking moves executed by the House of Rothschild on the political chessboard during the sixty years leading up to the present day, moves which show how the House, in spite of growing difficulties, vanishing influence, and the powerful competition of younger and richer firms, has endeavored until the most recent times to maintain its position, to influence international policies, and although with diminishing success, to drive them along the path which corresponded to the interests of the bank.

Hardcover: 457 pages
Publisher: Cosmopolitan book corporation; First Edition edition (1928)

The Ego and His Own: The Case of the Individual Against Authority (Dover Books on Western Philosophy)

Credited with influencing the philosophies of Nietzsche and Ayn Rand and the development of libertarianism and existentialism, this prophetic 1844 work challenges the very notion of a common good as the driving force of civilization. By examining the role of the human ego, author Max Stirner chronicles the battle of the individual against the collective — showing how, throughout history, the latter invariably leads to oppression. Stirner begins with a study of the individual ego and then traces its subjugation from ancient times to the nineteenth century. Nothing escapes his indictment: the ancient philosophers, Christianity, monarchism, the bourgeois state; all have fettered individuals with laws, morality, and obligations. Revolutions expunge one evil only to replace it with another, and Stirner predicted — years before the publication of Marx's Manifesto — that socialism would climax in the ultimate totalitarian state.

For students of political science and philosophy, this book is essential reading. For those concerned about the encroachment of authority upon individual liberty, Stirner articulates a philosophy that remains unsurpassed in its scope.

Paperback: 400 pages
Publisher: Dover Publications (December 16, 2005)

The Social Contract: A Personal Inquiry into the Evolutionary Sources of Order and Disorder (Robert Ardrey's Nature of Man Series) (Volume 3)

“Violation of biological command has been the failure of social man. Vertebrates though we may be, we have ignored the law of equal opportunity since civilization’s earliest hours. Sexually reproducing beings though we are, we pretend today that the law of inequality does not exist. And enlightened though we may be, while we pursue the unattainable we make impossible the realizable.” In his two previous books, Robert Ardrey exploded a series of philosophical landmines. African Genesis (1961) introduced his new evolutionary approach to an understanding of men. Then came The Territorial Imperative (1966), whose title is now a common phrase in our language. The Social Contract is the third in the series, and it denies that men are created equal - but that they deserve absolute equality of opportunity. Robert Ardrey maintains that since the publication of Rousseau’s Social Contract two centuries ago, men have wasted social resources, converted much of education into a process of brain-washing, committed themselves to one political insane asylum after another, all in pursuit of a goal that is a natural impossibility in any sexually reproducing species. Discarding the myth, Robert Ardrey combines his wealth of knowledge of animal ways with the new insights of modern biology and the newest revelations concerning human evolution to probe perplexing contemporary problems: the revolt of the young, the status struggle and the role of leadership, population control, urban overcrowding, violence in civilized life. Praise for the 1970 edition: “Robert Ardrey’s The Social Contract is as imaginative and exciting as his African Genesis or The Territorial Imperative, but this new book is broader in scope, better balanced, and more philosophical than its predecessors. I disagree with some of Ardrey’s opinions concerning human aggression, because I have greater faith than he has in the power of environmental conditioning. But this does not affect my conviction that The Social Contract will be of immense value in helping the public to probe into the dark and misty areas where zoology, anthropology, and prehistory join to account for the origins of man as a social animal.” - Rene Dubos, Rockefeller University

Paperback: 322 pages
Publisher: StoryDesign LTD (September 9, 2014)

Beyond Good & Evil: Prelude to a Philosophy of the Future

Represents Nietzsche's attempt to sum up his philosophy. In nine parts the book is designed to give the reader a comprehensive idea of Nietzsche's thought and style: they span "The Prejudices of Philsophers," "The Free Spirit," religion, morals, scholarship, "Our Virtues," "Peoples and Fatherlands," and "What Is Noble," as well as epigrams and a concluding poem. Beyond Good and Evil is one of the most remarkable and influential books of the nineteenth century.

This translation by Walter Kaufmann has become the standard one, for accuracy and fidelity to the eccentricities and grace of the style of the original. The translation is based on the only edition Nietzsche himself published, and all variant reading in later editions. This volume offers an inclusive index of subjects and persons, as well as a running footnote commentary on the text.

From the Inside Flap

Represents Nietzsche's attempt to sum up his philosophy. In nine parts the book is designed to give the reader a comprehensive idea of Nietzche's thought and style. With an inclusive index of subjects and persons.

Paperback: 288 pages
Publisher: Vintage (December 17, 1989)

Animal Farm

Manor Farm is like any other English farm, expect for a drunken owner, Mr Jones, incompetent workers and oppressed animals. Fed up with the ignorance of their human masters, the animals rise up in rebellion and take over the farm. Led by intellectually superior pigs like Snowball and Napoleon, the animals how to take charge of their destiny and remove the inequities of their lives. But as time passes, the realize that things aren't happening quite as expected. Animal Farm is, one level, a simple story about barnyard animals. On a much deeper level, it is a savage political satire on corrupted ideals, misdirected revolutions and class conflict-themes as valid today as they were sixty years ago.

About the Author

Eric Arthur Blair (George Orwell) was an English writer. His work is characterized by lucid prose, biting social criticism, opposition to totalitarianism, and outspoken support of democratic socialism. He is best-known for his dystopian social-commentary novel 1984 and his allegorical fairytale Animal Farm.

Hardcover: 144 pages
Publisher: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt (November 20, 1990)

The Prince

The Prince is a 16th-century political treatise by the Italian diplomat and political theorist Niccolò Machiavelli. From correspondence a version appears to have been distributed in 1513, using a Latin title, De Principatibus (About Principalities). However, the printed version was not published until 1532, five years after Machiavelli's death. This was done with the permission of the Medici pope Clement VII, but "long before then, in fact since the first appearance of the Prince in manuscript, controversy had swirled about his writings". Although it was written as if it were a traditional work in the mirrors for princes style, it is generally agreed that it was especially innovative. This is only partly because it was written in the vernacular Italian rather than Latin, a practice which had become increasingly popular since the publication of Dante's Divine Comedy and other works of Renaissance literature. The Prince is sometimes claimed to be one of the first works of modern philosophy, especially modern political philosophy, in which the effective truth is taken to be more important than any abstract ideal. It was also in direct conflict with the dominant Catholic and scholastic doctrines of the time concerning how to consider politics and ethics. Although it is relatively short, the treatise is the most remembered of Machiavelli's works and the one most responsible for bringing the word "Machiavellian" into usage as a pejorative. It also helped make "Old Nick" an English term for the devil, and even contributed to the modern negative connotations of the words "politics" and "politician" in western countries. In terms of subject matter it overlaps with the much longer Discourses on Livy, which was written a few years later. In its use of near-contemporary Italians as examples of people who perpetrated criminal deeds for politics, another lesser-known work by Machiavelli which The Prince has been compared to is the Life of Castruccio Castracani. The descriptions within The Prince have the general theme of accepting that the aims of princes—such as glory and survival—can justify the use of immoral means to achieve those ends. “ He who neglects what is done for what ought to be done, sooner effects his ruin than his preservation. ” —Machiavelli, "Chapter 15"

About the Author

Niccolò di Bernardo dei Machiavelli (3 May 1469 21 June 1527) was an Italian historian, politician, diplomat, philosopher, humanist and writer based in Florence during the Renaissance. He was for many years an official in the Florentine Republic, with responsibilities in diplomatic and military affairs. He was a founder of modern political science, and more specifically political ethics. He also wrote comedies, carnival songs, and poetry. His personal correspondence is renowned in the Italian language. He was Secretary to the Second Chancery of the Republic of Florence from 1498 to 1512, when the Medici were out of power. He wrote his masterpiece, The Prince, after the Medici had recovered power and he no longer held a position of responsibility in Florence.

Paperback: 82 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (November 22, 2017)

Theory and History: An Interpretation of Social and Economic Evaluation (Lib Works Ludwig Von Mises CL)

Ludwig von Mises was the leading exponent of the Austrian School of economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He has long been regarded as a most knowledgeable and respected economist, even though his teachings were generally outside the “mainstream.

Theory and History is primarily a critique of Karl Marx, his materialism, and his prediction of the inevitability of socialism. Marx attributes the creation of tools and machines, as well as the economic structure of society, to undefined “material productive forces; Mises rejects this materialistic view; he points out that tools and machines are actually created by individuals acting on the basis of non-materialistic ideas.

This book discusses the theory of economics, i.e., the study of purposive human action, and with history, the record of the past actions of individuals. All actions are determined by ideas. Thoughts and ideas are “real things, Mises writes. “Although intangible and immaterial, they are factors in bringing about changes in the realm, of tangible and material things. Rather than rejecting the study of historical change as a “useless pastime, Mises considers it of the utmost practical importance. “History looks backward into the past, but the lesson it teaches concerns things to come. History opens the mind to an understanding of human nature, increases wisdom, and distinguishes civilized man from the barbarian. Moreover, historical knowledge is of the utmost importance in helping to anticipate and plan for the future.

Though Theory and History may not be studied as often as other, more popular Mises works, it provides great insight into Mises s fundamental thoughts and is a fascinating exploration of human action.

Ludwig von Mises (1881–1973) was the leading spokesman of the Austrian School of Economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Bettina Bien Greaves is a former resident scholar, trustee, and longtime staff member of the Foundation for Economic Education. She has written and lectured extensively on topics of free market economics. Her articles have appeared in such journals as Human Events, Reason, and The Freeman: Ideas on Liberty. A student of Mises, Greaves has become an expert on his work in particular and that of the Austrian School of economics in general. She has translated several Mises monographs, compiled an annotated bibliography of his work, and edited collections of papers by Mises and other members of the Austrian School.

About the Author

Ludwig von Mises (1881-1973) earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Paperback: 281 pages
Publisher: Liberty Fund, Inc. (August 9, 2005)

Human Action: A Treatise on Economics

In the foreword to Human Action: A Treatise on Economics, Mises explains complex market phenomena as "the outcomes of countless conscious, purposive actions, choices, and preferences of individuals, each of whom was trying as best as he or she could under the circumstances to attain various wants and ends and to avoid undesired consequences." It is individual choices in response to personal subjective value judgments that ultimately determine market phenomena—supply and demand, prices, the pattern of production, and even profits and losses. Although governments may presume to set "prices," it is individuals who, by their actions and choices through competitive bidding for money, products, and services, actually determine "prices". Thus, Mises presents economics—not as a study of material goods, services, and products—but as a study of human actions. He sees the science of human action, praxeology, as a science of reason and logic, which recognizes a regularity in the sequence and interrelationships among market phenomena. Mises defends the methodology of praxeology against the criticisms of Marxists, socialists, positivists, and mathematical statisticians.

Mises attributes the tremendous technological progress and the consequent increase in wealth and general welfare in the last two centuries to the introduction of liberal government policies based on free-market economic teachings, creating an economic and political environment which permits individuals to pursue their respective goals in freedom and peace. Mises also explains the futility and counter-productiveness of government attempts to regulate, control, and equalize all people's circumstances: "Men are born unequal and ... it is precisely their inequality that generates social cooperation and civilization."

Ludwig von Mises (1881–1973) was the leading spokesman of the Austrian School of Economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Bettina Bien Greaves is a former resident scholar, trustee, and longtime staff member of the Foundation for Economic Education. She has written and lectured extensively on topics of free market economics. Her articles have appeared in such journals as Human Events, Reason, and The Freeman: Ideas on Liberty. A student of Mises, Greaves has become an expert on his work in particular and that of the Austrian School of economics in general. She has translated several Mises monographs, compiled an annotated bibliography of his work, and edited collections of papers by Mises and other members of the Austrian School.

Paperback: 908 pages
Publisher: Martino Fine Books (October 10, 2012)

Revisionist Viewpoints: Essays in a Dissident Historical Tradition

An outstanding American historian is at his brilliant, pro­vocative best in these essays on World War II war crimes, Allied terror bomb­ing, Fascism, the draft, the American mass media's wartime love affair with Stalin, America's postwar "defense" imperialism, and more. Important for anyone with a serious interest in twentieth century history.

Paperback: 248 pages
Publisher: Ralph Myles; 1st edition (1971)

Disclosure of corporate ownership: Prepared by the Subcommittees on Intergovernmental Relations and Budgeting, Management, and Expenditures of the ... Government Operations, United States Senate

Author: January 1, 1973, by United States. Congress. Senate. Committee on Government Operations. Subcommittee on Intergovernmental Relations

Paperback: 440 pages
Publisher: University of Michigan Library (January 1, 1973)

Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution

“Sutton comes to conclusions that are uncomfortable for many businessmen and economists. For this reason, his work tends to be either dismissed out of hand as ‘extreme’ or, more often, simply ignored.” ―Richard Pipes, Baird Professor Emeritus of History, Harvard University (from Survival Is Not Enough: Soviet Realities and America's Future)

Why did the 1917 American Red Cross Mission to Russia include more financiers than medical doctors? Rather than caring for the victims of war and revolution, its members seemed more intent on negotiating contracts with the Kerensky government and, subsequently, the Bolshevik regime.

In a courageous investigation, Antony Sutton establishes tangible historical links between Russian communists and US capitalists. Drawing on US state department files, personal papers of key Wall Street figures, biographies, and conventional histories, Sutton reveals:

• The role of Morgan banking executives in funneling illegal Bolshevik gold into the US.
• The co-option of the American Red Cross by powerful Wall Street forces.
• The intervention by Wall Street sources to free the Marxist revolutionary Leon Trotsky, whose aim was to topple the Russian government.
• The deals made by major corporations to capture the huge Russian market a decade and a half before the US recognized the Soviet regime.
• The secret sponsoring of Communism by leading businessmen, who publicly championed free enterprise.

Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution traces the foundations of Western funding of the Soviet Union. Dispassionately, and with overwhelming documentation, the author details a crucial phase in the establishment of Communist Russia.

This classic study―first published in 1974 and part of a key trilogy―is reproduced here in its original form. The other volumes in this trilogy are Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler and Wall Street and FDR.

About the Author

Antony C. Sutton (1925-2002) was born in London and educated at the universities of London, Gottingen and California. He was a Research Fellow at the Hoover Institution for War, Revolution, and Peace at Stanford, California, from 1968 to 1973, and later an Economics Professor at California State University, Los Angeles. He is the author of 25 books, including the major three-volume study Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development.

Paperback: 232 pages
Publisher: Clairview Books; Reprint edition (December 1, 2012)

Wall Street and FDR

Franklin D. Roosevelt is frequently described as one of the greatest presidents in American history, remembered for his leadership during the Great Depression and Second World War. Antony Sutton challenges this received wisdom, presenting a controversial but convincing analysis. Based on an extensive study of original documents, he concludes that: * FDR was an elitist who influenced public policy in order to benefit special interests, including his own. * FDR and his Wall Street colleagues were 'corporate socialists', who believed in making society work for their own benefit. * FDR believed in business but not free market economics. Sutton describes the genesis of 'corporate socialism' - acquiring monopolies by means of political influence - which he characterises as 'making society work for the few'. He traces the historical links of the Delano and Roosevelt families to Wall Street, as well as FDR's own political networks developed during his early career as a financial speculator and bond dealer.The New Deal almost destroyed free enterprise in America, but didn't adversely affect FDR's circle of old friends ensconced in select financial institutions and federal regulatory agencies. Together with their corporate allies, this elite group profited from the decrees and programmes generated by their old pal in the White House, whilst thousands of small businesses suffered and millions were unemployed. Wall Street and FDR is much more than a fascinating historical and political study. Many contemporary parallels can be drawn to Sutton's powerful presentation given the recent banking crises and worldwide governments' bolstering of private institutions via the public purse. This classic study - first published in 1975 as the conclusion of a key trilogy - is reproduced here in its original form. (The other volumes in the series are Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler and Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution.)

About the Author

ANTONY C. SUTTON, born in London in 1925, was educated at the universities of London, Gottingen and California. He was a Research Fellow at the Hoover Institution for War, Revolution and Peace at Stanford, California, from 1968 to 1973 and later an Economics Professor at California State University, Los Angeles. He is the author of 25 books, including the major three-volume study Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development. He died in 2002.

Paperback: 200 pages
Publisher: Clairview Books; New edition edition (January 1, 2014)

The Triumph of Conservatism

From the birth of Democracy in Athens, the true battle has been between the philosophy of Draco and the philosophy of Solon, philosophies of constancy and progression, respectively. In our time we call them Conservative and Liberal, and each sees the other as evil and a danger to Democracy. This book is a reinterpretation of the so-called "Progressive Era" under the presidencies of Teddy Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson, with the relatively draconian presidency of William Taft in between.

Paperback: 356 pages
Publisher: Free Press; unknown edition (March 1, 1977)

The Wall Street Gang

This book offers investors an inquiry into the squeeze play of Wall Street wheeler-dealers and also provides them with an approach to the market that shows them how to time their investment decisions to coincide with those of the exchange insider. From beginning to end, The Wall Street Gang reads like a suspense story as the author shows how the great wealth and power of the New York Stock Exchange depend on the ignorance and confusion of the investing public. With penetrating insight, he analyzes the basic problems posed to investors by a financial system that is able to manipulate and control investors, stock prices, the media, politicians, and the executive suite of every major corporation in America. In documenting the failure of the SEC and Interstate Commerce Commission to regulate and the complicity between the government and Wall Street insiders, he uses charts and tables that are informative and more illuminating than similar charts that appear in daily papers because of the lucid explanations that accompany them. Case histories enable the investor to recognize the symptoms of fraud and prepare to take action if necessary. In another section of the book, he informs investors of their recourse to the courts as vehicles for the recovery of damages when stockbrokers violate the securities laws.

Hardcover: 284 pages
Publisher: Praeger Publishers, Inc.; 1st edition (May 1974)

The Rich and the Super-Rich: A Study in the Power of Money Today

In the late 1930s bombshell of a book appeared which told the story of the lords of wealth and their glittering clans. It was called AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. It rocked the nation and became a classic.

Lundberg showed how America was ruled by a plutocracy of inherited wealth, even under the New Deal. At the time he could only provide a sampling of the economic and political patterns of those families, which, for one reason or another, had come under public scrutiny. In addition to the Sixty Families he dealt with in depth, he was able to outline the probable holdings of a few hundred other families.

The author, in writing THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH, had at his disposal infinitely richer data, monographs, Congressional investigations than were available three decades ago. They have made it possible for him to give us a book which is much more than a mere updating of AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. It is, rather, a systematic study of the entire wealthy class and its familial structure. (In one important aspect it resembles AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES: It is written for the layman to awaken the reader to the real and little-known situation.) Original publication was delayed to update John Paul Getty's most current wealth.

These families have all the old levers of power and pelf plus a whole host of new ones created for them during the intervening decades by the politicians, lawyers and judges who serve them. Although published in 1968 and rocketed to the top of the bestseller list, the wealth managed by these families remains a significant force in today’s economy and should not be underestimated.

Ferdinand Lundberg’s IMPERIAL HEARST was the basis for the screenplay CITIZEN KANE. Other bestsellers include MODERN WOMEN: THE LOST SEX (in collaboration) and the book for which he is most noted, AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. This book was embraced by New Deal leaders and helped to shape the destiny of the Roosevelt Administration in its early years.

During World War II, Lundberg was an economist with the War Production Board and the War Shipping Administration. After the war, he served the Twentieth Century Fund as editor and began teaching—first at Finch College, New York, and then as Adjunct Professor of Social Philosophy at New York University. He took leave in 1965 to devote all his time to writing THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH, published in 1968. It became the number one bestselling book in the United States. It was translated and published in eight other countries and became number one in Germany for many months.

Mr. Lundberg completed his formal education at Columbia University, where he was awarded the B.Sc. and M.A.

Hardcover: 812 pages
Publisher: Lyle Stuart; 1st edition (June 1, 1968)

America's 60 Families

Originally published in 1937, this early work on American politics is both expensive and hard to find in its first edition. It details the history of industrial trusts, finance, business and the federal government during the early twentieth century. This is a fascinating work and thoroughly recommended for anyone interested in American history. Many of the earliest books, particularly those dating back to the 1900s and before, are now extremely scarce. We are republishing these classic works in affordable, high quality, modern editions, using the original text and artwork.

Hardcover: 566 pages
Publisher: Lundberg Press (November 4, 2008)

Who Rules America?

Drawing from a power elite perspective and the latest empirical data, Domhoff’s classic text is an invaluable tool for teaching students about how power operates in U.S. society. Domhoff argues that the owners and top-level managers in large income-producing properties are far and away the dominant figures in the U.S. Their corporations, banks, and agribusinesses come together as a corporate community that dominates the federal government in Washington and their real estate, construction, and land development companies form growth coalitions that dominate most local governments. By providing empirical evidence for his argument, Domhoff encourages students to think critically about the power structure in American society and its implications for our democracy.

Paperback: 184 pages
Publisher: Prentice Hall; 1st edition (December 1967)

< The Higher Circles: The Governing Class in America

Contents:

• Social indicators and social institutions of the upper class.
• The feminine half of the upper class.
• The jet set, celebrities, and the upper class.
• Cohesion and consciousness: is there an American upper class?
• How the power elite make foreign policy.
• How the power elite shape social legislation.
• The power elite, the CIA, and the struggle for minds.
• Dan Smott, Phyllis Schlafly, Reverend McBirnie, and me.
• Where a pluralist goes wrong.

Hardcover: 367 pages
Publisher: Random House; 1st edition (1970)

The Money Lords: The Great Finance Capitalists 1925-1950

After the Robber Barons came the new kings of capitalism.

Hardcover: 374 pages
Publisher: Weybright and Talley (1972)

The Robber Barons

Rockefeller, Morgan, Vanderbilt, Carnegie, Harriman, Gould, Frick ... this is the story of the giant American capitalists who seized economic power after the Civil War and altered the shape of American life forever.

Paperback: 474 pages
Publisher: Mariner Books (January 24, 1962)

The Plot to Seize the White House: The Shocking True Story of the Conspiracy to Overthrow FDR

Most people will be shocked to learn that in 1933 a cabal of wealthy industrialists—in league with groups like the K.K.K. and the American Liberty League—planned to overthrow the U.S. government in a fascist coup. Their plan was to turn discontented veterans into American “brown shirts,” depose F.D.R., and stop the New Deal. They clandestinely asked Medal of Honor recipient and Marine Major General Smedley Darlington Butler to become the first American Caesar. He, though, was a true patriot and revealed the plot to journalists and to Congress. In a time when a sitting President has invoked national security to circumvent constitutional checks and balances, this episode puts the spotlight on attacks upon our democracy and the individual courage needed to repel them.

About the Author

Jules Archer served four years during World War II in the Pacific with the Army Air Corps. He wrote many books on political events and personalities, including "The Dictators"; " Hawks, Doves and the Eagle"; and "The Extremists." He lived in New York until his passing.

Anne Cipriano Venzon (Introduction): Anne Cipriano Venzon is the author of " General Smedley Darlington Butler."

Paperback: 256 pages
Publisher: Skyhorse Publishing; First Edition, 2nd Printing edition (March 1, 2007)

David: Report on a Rockefeller

David Report on a Rockefeller by William Hoffman

Hardcover: 192 pages
Publisher: Lyle Stuart, Inc. (December 1971)

The Incredible Rocky Vs the Power of the People!

Oversized Underground exposing the dark side of America' richest family.

Comic: 49 pages
Publisher: North American Congress on Latin America (January 1, 1975)

History of the Great American Fortunes: Volume I

In writing this work my aim has been to give the exact facts as far as the available material allows. Necessarily it is impossible, from the very nature of the case, to obtain all the facts. It is obvious that in both past and present times the chief beneficiaries of our social and industrial system have found it to their interest to represent their accumulations as the rewards of industry and ability, and have likewise had the strongest motives for concealing the circumstances of all those complex and devious methods which have been used in building up great fortunes. In this they have been assisted by a society so constituted that the means by which these great fortunes have been amassed have been generally lauded as legitimate and exemplary.

The possessors of towering fortunes have hitherto been described in two ways. On the one hand, they have been held up as marvels of success, as preëminent examples of thrift, enterprise and extraordinary ability. More recently, however, the tendency in certain quarters has been diametrically the opposite. This latter class of writers, intent upon pandering to a supposed popular appetite for sensation, pile exposure upon exposure, and hold up the objects of their diatribes as monsters of commercial and political crime. Neither of these classes has sought to establish definitely the relation of the great fortunes to the social and industrial system which has propagated them. Consequently, these superficial effusions and tirades—based upon a lack of understanding of the propelling forces of society—have little value other than as reflections of a certain aimless and disordered spirit of the times. With all their volumes of print, they leave us in possession of a scattered array of assertions, bearing some resemblance to facts, which, however, fail to be facts inasmuch as they are either distorted to take shape as fulsome eulogies or as wild, meaningless onslaughts.

They give no explanation of the fundamental laws and movements of the present system, which have resulted in these vast fortunes; nor is there the least glimmering of a scientific interpretation of a succession of states and tendencies from which these men of great wealth have emerged. With an entire absence of comprehension, they portray our multimillionaires as a phenomenal group whose sudden rise to their sinister and overshadowing position is a matter of wonder and surprise. They do not seem to realize for a moment—what is clear to every real student of economics—that the great fortunes are the natural, logical outcome of a system based upon factors the inevitable result of which is the utter despoilment of the many for the benefit of a few.

About the Author

GUSTAVUS MYERS, 1872 - 1942, was a the pioneering historian who wrote ten major works during his life.

Paperback: 114 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (September 30, 2014)

National Suicide: Military Aid to the Soviet Union

You may read this book and think the author "dreamed a dream that could not be." For Antony Sutton, research fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University, proves that there is no such thing as Soviet technology, only American and allied technology on Soviet soil. Technology that maimed and killed American boys in Korea and Vietnam.

Bridge building to Communist Russia is nothing new. It started early in 1918. With mountains of documentation Mr. Sutton shows that 90 to 95 percent of Soviet technology since 1918 has come from America and its allies . . . that we've built for, or sold, or traded, or given outright to the Communists everything from copper wiring and motor vehicles to combat tanks, missile equipment and computers . . . that we are today giving equipment to build the world 's largest heavy­ truck plant (output: 100,000 ten-ton trucks per year - more than all U.S. manufacturers produce in a year) . . . that "peaceful trade" is a myth . . . that to the Soviets all goods are strategic. All this, to create and maintain an enemy that we annually spend $80 billion to defend against.

National Suicide, researched for over ten years, mentions scores of products passed on to the Soviets (down to the design specifications, in some cases). It fearlessly names the guilty manufacturers and politicians - right up to Presidents of the United States.

The government won't like this book. It blows the lid off information that has been kept from the public till now. But Americans weary of no-win wars and taxpayers repelled at subsidizing our enemy will hail this scholarly, gutsy volume.

Hardcover: 283 pages
Publisher: Arlington House; 1st edition (1973)

Lindbergh On the Federal Reserve (The Economic Pinch)

1968: by Charles A. Lindbergh- The key to all the good things is the mind, so open your mind and begin to think.

Paperback: 249 pages
Publisher: Noontide Press; New edition edition (December 1968)

Collective Speeches of Congressman Louis T. McFadden; Federal Reserve Exposed

Speeches from famous, patriotic, uncorruptible US politician.

Paperback: ? pages
Publisher: Omni Publications; 3rd First publisher in 1970 edition (2005)

< The Federal Reserve Bank

No details

Paperback: 256 pages
Publisher: Noontide Press; Revised Printing edition (1968)

None Dare Call It Conspiracy

This book is a primer for anyone who wishes to understand the basic workings of the global network of Insiders that is determined to wield power over all of mankind in the coming New World Order. The Special Edition is updated with illustrations and charts for 2013. Introduction by U.S. Congressman John G. Schmitz: The story you are about to read is true. The names have not been changed to protect the guilty. This book may have the effect of changing your life. After reading this book, you will never look at national and world events in the same way again. None Dare Call It Conspiracy will be a very controversial book. At first it will receive little publicity and those whose plans are exposed in it will try to kill it by the silent treatment. For reasons that become obvious as you read this book, it will not be reviewed in all the "proper" places or be available on your local book stand. However, there is nothing these people can do to stop a grass roots book distributing system. Eventually it will be necessary for the people and organizations named in this book to try to blunt its effect by attacking it or the author. They have a tremendous vested interest in keeping you from discovering what they are doing. And they have the big guns of the mass media at their disposal to fire the barrages at None Dare Call It Conspiracy. By sheer volume, the "experts" will try to ridicule you out of investigating for yourself as to whether or not the information in this book is true They will ignore the fact that the author about to conjecture. They will find a typographical error or ague some point that is open to debate. If necessary they will lie in order to protect themselves by smearing this book. I believe those who pooh-pooh the information herein because psychologically many people would prefer to believe we are because we all like to ignore bad news. We do so at our own peril.

Paperback: 160 pages
Publisher: Dauphin Publications; Special edition (January 30, 2013)

Richard Nixon the Man Behind the Mask

No Details

Paperback: 433 pages
Publisher: Western Islands (June 1, 1971)

The Rockefeller File - Secret

The super rich in America enjoy power and prerogatives un-imaginable to most of us. Who can conceive of owning a private empire that includes 100 homes, 2,500 servants, untold thousands of luxuries, and untold millions of dollars? America has a royal family of finance that has known such riches for generations. It is, of course, the Rockefellers. But if the Rockefellers were content with their wealth, if their riches had satisfied their desires, this book would not have been written. And I would not be urging you to read it. Money alone is not enough to quench the thirst and lusts of the super-rich. Instead, many of them use their vast wealth, and the influence such riches give them, to achieve even more power. Power of a magnitude never dreamed of by the tyrants and despots of earlier ages. Power on a world wide scale. Power over people, not just products...

Paperback: 194 pages
Publisher: 76 Press (1976)

The Invisible Government

Dan Smoot's "Invisble Government" sold about 1 million copies through self-publishing alone, but it did not appear on the New York Times "Best Sellers List" of 1962. Essentially it is a book dealing with organization called The Council on Foreign Relations founded by Edward Mandel House, one of the Dullers brothers and others devoted to bringing "socialism as dreamed of by Karl Marx.", to quote House, to this country. The writing is dry but effective. Had he lived, Senator Joseph McCarthy might have written this book himself since the Council is one of groups that he was getting into his sights before Eisenhower stopped him. What Dan Smoot revealed is how ITC control of the national medias is so pervasive that true and vital news seldom gets to the populace at large. Smoot's anaylsis of it's goals bear close attention for those who are interested in answering befuddling questions about U.S. foreign and domestic policies. Over twenty six years later "The Shadows of Power" by James Perloff, brought the CFR up to date, and the report on how this subversive organization has not been dealt with is not good! From what one may gather after reading "The Invisible Government" is how many lives have been ruined or lost in order to fulfill the dreams of a few determined to create a "New World Order". If you think this is only the stuff of Ian Flemming or H.G. Wells, Smoot's book goes a long way to prove otherwise.

About the Author

Dan Smoot (1913-2003) was an FBI agent and a conservative political activist. From the 1950s to 1971 , he published The Dan Smoot Report, which chronicled alleged communist infiltration in various sectors of American government and society. In 1970 , he opposed the selection of a future U.S. president, George Herbert Walker Bush, as the Republican nominee for the U.S. Senate from Texas. He claimed that Bush's political philosophy was little different from the Democrats that he sought to oppose. Bush lost the Senate election that year to popular Democrat Lloyd M. Bentsen, Jr. In 1972 , Smoot opposed the reelection of Richard M. Nixon and served as campaign manager for American Independent Party presidential candidate John G. Schmitz of California.

Paperback: 176 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (December 31, 2013)

Naked Capitalist

In "The Naked Capitalist" , Dr. Skousen reviews the book "Tragedy and Hope" by Carroll Quigley. It reveals how some of the richest people in the world have supported communism and socialism. Why would they support what appears to be the pathway to their own destruction? Dr. Quigley has been associated with many of these dynastic families of the super-rich. Dr. Skousen therefore writes as an authority on the world's secret power structure. His answers to the above question will astonish you.

About the Author

W. Cleon Skousen is best remembered as a popular author, speaker and teacher who lectured in every state and province in North America, and in more than 60 countries world-wide. He was a student of history and a scholar of law, specializing in the principles of Freedom, the U.S. Constitution, economics, and ancient history and scriptures.

He was invited to write a new constitution for Canada and the proposed United States of Latin America, and he published a model constitution that could be adopted by nations everywhere. He served in the FBI for 16 years, four years as Chief of Police in Salt Lake City, and ten years as a university professor. He was a prolific writer and produced three national best sellers, The Naked Communist, The Naked Capitalist, and The Five Thousand Year Leap. Eight of his books were used as college texts, and several were translated and published in other countries.

Dr. Skousen was born in Canada, and returned to the U.S. with his family at age ten. He spent two years in Mexico, two years in England, graduated from San Bernardino College in California, and received his juris doctor degree from George Washington University Law School. He was admitted to practice law in the District of Columbia and before the District Court of Appeals and the U.S. Supreme Court.

His seminars on the Constitution have been taught to several million across the U.S., and among his students were dozens of U.S. Senators and Representatives, two Supreme Court justices, and several candidates for President. He believed knowledge and understanding were key to maintaining a free country, and spent his entire adult life opening up complex issues for deeper understanding by students and audiences all around the world.

Dr. Skousen and his wife, Jewel Pitcher of San Bernardino, California, are the parents of eight children, 50 grandchildren, and more than 120 great-grandchildren.

Paperback: 144 pages
Publisher: Reviewer; Later Printing edition (January 1, 1993)

Captain and the Kings

New York Times Bestseller: Sweeping from the 1850s through the early 1920s, this towering family saga examines the price of ambition and power.

Joseph Francis Xavier Armagh is twelve years old when he gets his first glimpse of the promised land of America through a dirty porthole in steerage on an Irish immigrant ship. His long voyage, dogged by tragedy, ends not in the great city of New York but in the bigoted, small town of Winfield, Pennsylvania, where his younger brother, Sean, and his infant sister, Regina, are sent to an orphanage. Joseph toils at whatever work will pay a living wage and plans for the day he can take his siblings away from St. Agnes’s Orphanage and make a home for them all.

Joseph’s journey will catapult him to the highest echelons of power and grant him entry into the most elite political circles. Even as misfortune continues to follow the Armagh family like an ancient curse, Joseph takes his revenge against the uncaring world that once took everything from him. He orchestrates his eldest son Rory’s political ascent from the offspring of an Irish immigrant to US senator. And Joseph will settle for nothing less than the pinnacle of glory: seeing his boy crowned the first Catholic president of the United States.

Spanning seventy years, Captains and the Kings, which was adapted into an eight-part television miniseries, is Taylor Caldwell’s masterpiece about nineteenth- and early twentieth-century America, and the grit, ambition, fortitude, and sheer hubris it takes for an immigrant to survive and thrive in a dynamic new land.

About the Author

Taylor Caldwell (1900–1985) was one of the most prolific and widely read authors of the twentieth century. Born Janet Miriam Holland Taylor Caldwell in Manchester, England, she moved with her family to Buffalo, New York, in 1907. She started writing stories when she was eight years old and completed her first novel when she was twelve. Married at age eighteen, Caldwell worked as a stenographer and court reporter to help support her family and took college courses at night, earning a bachelor of arts degree from the University of Buffalo in 1931. She adopted the pen name Taylor Caldwell because legendary editor Maxwell Perkins thought her debut novel, Dynasty of Death (1938), would be better received if readers assumed it were written by a man. In a career that spanned five decades, Caldwell published forty novels, many of which were New York Times bestsellers. Her best-known works include the historical sagas The Sound of Thunder (1957), Testimony of Two Men (1968), Captains and the Kings (1972), and Ceremony of the Innocent (1976), and the spiritually themed novels The Listener (1960) and No One Hears But Him (1966). Dear and Glorious Physician (1958), a portrayal of the life of St. Luke, and Great Lion of God (1970), about the life of St. Paul, are among the bestselling religious novels of all time. Caldwell’s last novel, Answer as a Man (1981), hit the New York Times bestseller list before its official publication date. She died at her home in Greenwich, Connecticut, in 1985.

Hardcover: 756 pages
Publisher: Doubleday & Co; First Edition, First Printing edition (1972)

Proofs of a Conspiracy

This anthology is a thorough introduction to classic literature for those who have not yet experienced these literary masterworks. For those who have known and loved these works in the past, this is an invitation to reunite with old friends in a fresh new format. From Shakespeare s finesse to Oscar Wilde s wit, this unique collection brings together works as diverse and influential as The Pilgrim s Progress and Othello. As an anthology that invites readers to immerse themselves in the masterpieces of the literary giants, it is must-have addition to any library.

About the Author

John Robison has been certified by the American Canoe Association in coastal kayak, whitewater kayak, and whitewater canoe instruction and has paddled extensively around the world. --This text refers to an alternate Paperback edition.

Paperback: 194 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (April 23, 2012)

Secret Societies & Subversive Movements

This work has been selected by scholars as being culturally important, and is part of the knowledge base of civilization as we know it. This work was reproduced from the original artifact, and remains as true to the original work as possible. Therefore, you will see the original copyright references, library stamps (as most of these works have been housed in our most important libraries around the world), and other notations in the work.

This work is in the public domain in the United States of America, and possibly other nations. Within the United States, you may freely copy and distribute this work, as no entity (individual or corporate) has a copyright on the body of the work.

As a reproduction of a historical artifact, this work may contain missing or blurred pages, poor pictures, errant marks, etc. Scholars believe, and we concur, that this work is important enough to be preserved, reproduced, and made generally available to the public. We appreciate your support of the preservation process, and thank you for being an important part of keeping this knowledge alive and relevant.

About the Author

Nesta Helen Webster (Mrs. Arthur Webster), (24 August 1876 – 16 May 1960) was a controversial author who revived conspiracy theories about the Illuminati. She argued that the secret society's members were occultists, plotting communist world domination, using the idea of a Jewish cabal,[citation needed] the Masons and Jesuits as a smokescreen. According to her, their international subversion included the French Revolution, 1848 Revolution, the First World War, and the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917. In 1920, Webster was one of the contributing authors who wrote The Jewish Peril, a series of articles in the London Morning Post centred on the Protocols of the Elders of Zion. These articles were subsequently compiled and published in the same year in book form under the title of The Cause of World Unrest. Webster claimed that the authenticity of the Protocols of the Elders of Zion was an "open question" --This text refers to an alternate Paperback edition.

Paperback: 432 pages
Publisher: EWorld Inc. (October 31, 2014)

The Truth About The Slump: What The News Never Tells

This book tells the story of who caused the slump and how they caused it, and it directs attention to two simple steps that can be taken to save our farmers and traders. No greater mistake can be made than to suppose that the present slump in commodity prices is due to blind economic forces. The depression from which we now suffer is due to an artificially induced variation in the purchasing power of money. In these pages will be found ample evidence in support of this statement. The quarter from which the trouble is coming is indicated, and the amazing manner in which the machinery for monetary control of the world was established is traced out. The story of the slump is essentially a story of men and their motives. Some of those motives, such as declarations of hostility to the British Empire, and action inimical to it, are matters of open public record : others are a matter of speculation. The facts set out rest upon unimpeachable authority, and the sources are given throughout. Any reader who has access to a large library can verify them all for himself, and by a little research would doubtless uncover much additional matter supplementing and confirming what the present author has assembled. Nevertheless, one may search in vain through the newspaper press, through the utterances of public men, through practically the whole current literature of today, for any reference to these central, pivotal facts governing the whole world price level and the financial and economic situation today. Why this silence? The answer is that the most potent forces in the world today are forces that do not work in the open. They could not work in the open : for if they did mankind would not for one instant tolerate their continuance. It is essential for the success of their plans that the people of the world should be unaware of the chains that have been made to enmesh them. A small number of persons in different countries have shown by their utterances that they are well aware of what is taking place - or, rather, has been taking placefor the chain of events extends back over a long period of time. Three-quarters of a century ago Disraeli told Britain's House of Commons that "the world is governed by very different persons from what is imagined by those who are not behind the scenes." In a recent interview, General Ludendorff, chief of the German General Staff through the war, declared that the world today is ruled by "secret supra-national powers," "the same diabolically clever wire-pullers that brought about the last cataclysm." In the London "National Review" six years ago Mr. Arthur Kitson wrote about "Our Invisible Rulers," and in other articles has expounded this same theme. In giving evidence before a United States Congressional committee in 1926, Mr. Western Starr, head of the United States Farmer-Labour Party, declared that unless a certain group of men, whom he referred to as "these old men of the sea," had their power curbed the world would be plunged into another war, compared with which the last war would be "like a Fourth of July picnic.' ' More cryptically, but none the less significantly, Sir Josiah Stamp, one of Britain's foremost business men and economists, has expressed the opinion-remarkable as coming from a director of the Bank of England-that money, after having brought civilisation to its present level, may well "actually destroy society." When the reader has digested the facts herein assembled this statement may fall less incredibly on his ear. It is impossible to maintain our country in a state of security unless we face the facts and conform to reality. Our national peril is that we are ignoring all the vital facts of the situation. Our enemies are none the less real because their ways are hidden ways. But they are a thousand times more insidious. What the war failed to do they seek, to accomplish, and their ambition is to shatter in bankruptcy and ruin the once-splendid fabric of the British Empire. A. N. FIELD. Okiwi Bay, Croixelles. February, 1931. ...

Paperback: 210 pages
Publisher: A. N. Field; First Edition edition (1931)

The Untold History: How the British East India Company's "Pre-Fabian" philosophical radicals set up Capitalism and its antithesis Communisim

No details available

Unknown Binding: 290 pages
Publisher: The Committee for the Restoration of the Republic (1954)

Karl Marx, Capitalist

For over a century, Marxism and Communism have been loudly proclaimed as the only means of eliminating poverty, exploitation, and human misery. Yet, wherever Communism has been established, the exact opposite has happened. Rather than generating prosperity, it breeds economic paralysis, exploitation, poverty and human misery. For years Americans have been told that the goal of our foreign policy is to fight Communism. Untold billions have been spent on foreign aid and almost perpetual wars have been fought in pursuance of these doctrines. Yet the Socialist-Communist countries continue to expand their empires and boastfully proclaim their intention of overthrowing Capitalism and "burying us." But, if Capitalism is overthrown, we will have Communism (or Socialism), which is what we have been fighting all the time. Or have we? Clearly our attempts to "stop Communism" over the past twenty-five years have been either a total failure or a smashing success, depending on one'[s point of view. Even on a random chance basis, the United States would have been right approximately fifty percent of the time. Since our nation has been almost "perpetually wrong," it should now be obvious that the real purposes behind our seemingly disastrous domestic and foreign policies are being concealed, and the frenzied collectivization of our nation is part of a deliberately calculated plan. The forces behind today's tragic events are far different than many would suppose. When the truth is finally revealed, we will find that Communism is merely one link in a much larger movement which embraces total world domination as its ultimate aim. Powerful forces have been working toward this end for centuries, and they now feel that their goal is in sight.... Whether or not these champions of evil succeed will depend on how an alerted America reacts when the truth of the magnitude of this betrayal is ... our nation to the brink of economic moral and military disaster. --- excerpts from Introduction

Paperback: 126 pages
Publisher: Enterprise Publications (1972)

Rockefeller "Internationalist": The Man Who Misrules The World

The Anomalies Network is proud to present another conspiracy book lost to the mists of time. For our current selection we have chosen to release Rockefeller "Industrialist" : The Man Who Misrules the World from our public domain archive. In this pioneering work, Emanuel Joesephson exposes Rockefeller's schemes in finance, education, medicine, social work, philanthropy, foreign and domestic policy. He also relates with extreme detail, though documentation and researched accounts nefarious scams engineered by Rockefeller including his links with the infamous German chemical cartel I.G. Farbin and Rockefeller's own support not only of Hitler but also the Soviet Union. You also gain a keen insight Into one of the true architects of the New World Order as we know it today. Now back in print for the first time in 50 years, Rockefeller "Industrialist" : The Man Who Misrules the World.

Paperback: 442 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (July 4, 2008)

The Creature from Jekyll Island

Review

G. Edward Griffin is to be commended for this splendid work. At first glance The Creature from Jekyll Island is a huge book. While this may be daunting to some, once the book is actually started, it flows smoothly and reads quickly. There are so many fascinating tidbits of information here that the reader won't even be concerned about the size of the book. The title refers to the formation of the Federal Reserve System, which occurred at a secret meeting at Jekyll Island, Georgia in 1910. It was at this meeting, as Griffin relates, that the "Money Trust", composed of the richest and most powerful bankers in the world, along with a U.S. Senator, wrote the proposal to launch the Federal Reserve System (which Griffin calls a banking cartel) to control the financial system so that the bankers will always come out on top. The biggest problem in modern banking, according to Griffin, is and has always been the creation of fiat money. Fiat money is money that is "declared" money by the government. It is not backed by anything but promises and deceit. All societies were sound financially when they used gold or silver to back their currency. When the bankers finally get their way and install fiat money, the result is inflation and boom and bust cycles. Griffin gives numerous examples of this, such as repeated failures by American colonies and European states in using fiat money. The purpose of fiat money is so that the government can spend more then they take in through taxes. Without writing reams on this book, it is sufficient to say that this is a must read for anyone who is interested in learning how the money system operates. Griffin gives comprehensive accounts of how the Fed creates money, and how this affects everyday life. I would have to say these sections are better than Murray Rothbard's book, The Case Against the Fed, because Griffin gives himself more room for explanation. Griffin does believe in the conspiratorial view of history, and he believes that the bankers are working in concert with such groups as the Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission to bring about a socialist-world system in which an elite composed of intellectuals and bankers will rule over the entire planet. Griffin even spends a chapter outlining how this system could come about, and the consequent results of this socialist system. These chapters are a bit unsettling, but even if you aren't interested in this worldview, you can still learn much about the economy from this book. Recommended --By Jeffrey Leach on July 29, 2001

This book, while slightly marred by the occasional conspiracy theory, is a great account of one of the most important real life conspiracies of our time. It is well researched with plenty of footnotes for anyone who wants to look more deeply. It tells the real story of how bankers have lured politicians with easy money and ended up in control of most of the world. Whether or not they can keep up our (or rather, their) sleight-of-hand monetary system forever, the important thing is the power these bankers wield that should not be theirs. This book should be required reading. And by all means do your own research. Topics covered: founding of the Federal Reserve, war mongering, bail-outs, boom-bust cycles, the J.P.Morgans and Rothschilds of the world, the history of central banking in the United States, and most fascinating: how the money system really works in this country. Despite its lack of perfection, this book is by far the most relevant and interesting thing I have read about economics in a long time. It is written in terms that anyone can understand, which will immediately rule out the kind of reader who is impressed by a lot of technical jargon that supposedly demonstrates an author's mastery of the subject while only serving to confuse laymen (and experts too). --By A Customer on October 30, 1999

This book, while slightly marred by the occasional conspiracy theory, is a great account of one of the most important real life conspiracies of our time. It is well researched with plenty of footnotes for anyone who wants to look more deeply. It tells the real story of how bankers have lured politicians with easy money and ended up in control of most of the world. Whether or not they can keep up our (or rather, their) sleight-of-hand monetary system forever, the important thing is the power these bankers wield that should not be theirs. This book should be required reading. And by all means do your own research. Topics covered: founding of the Federal Reserve, war mongering, bail-outs, boom-bust cycles, the J.P.Morgans and Rothschilds of the world, the history of central banking in the United States, and most fascinating: how the money system really works in this country. Despite its lack of perfection, this book is by far the most relevant and interesting thing I have read about economics in a long time. It is written in terms that anyone can understand, which will immediately rule out the kind of reader who is impressed by a lot of technical jargon that supposedly demonstrates an author's mastery of the subject while only serving to confuse laymen (and experts too). --By A Customer on October 30, 1999

About the Author

Mr. Griffin is a graduate of the University of Michigan, where he majored in speech and communications. He is a recipient of the Telly Award for excellence in television production. He is the founder of the Cancer Cure Foundation and has served on the board of directors of the National Health Federation and the International Association of Cancer Victims and Friends. He is a Contributing Editor for The New American magazine, president of American Media and founder of the Reality Zone.

Paperback: 608 pages
Publisher: American Media; 5th edition (September 11, 2010)

The Reign of the House of Rothschild

This volume carries on the history of the House of Rothschild as revealed by the relevant documents from 1830 up to the peace that concluded the Franco-Prussian War in 1871. In the writing of this volume, the Rothschild families have brought no influence of any kind to bear; the author's aim has been to portray without prejudice or partiality the tremendous part that the House played in the events of the nineteenth century. Original documents and letters that had been intercepted have occasionally afforded particularly illuminating revelations; although, in the case of extracts from some of the letters, it is necessary to bear in mind that the originals were probably carefully altered by the Rothschilds themselves, with the deliberate intention of making upon persons like Metternich a definite impression such as would assist them in carrying out their plans. Seen in this light they are no less instructive and characteristic of the methods of the House than the more ingenuous documents that undoubtedly constitute a large proportion of those used in this work.

The epilogue which appears at the end of the book makes no claim to continue the treatment of the subject on the same lines; it merely attempts to bring out one or two of the more striking moves executed by the House of Rothschild on the political chessboard during the sixty years leading up to the present day, moves which show how the House, in spite of growing difficulties, vanishing influence, and the powerful competition of younger and richer firms, has endeavored until the most recent times to maintain its position, to influence international policies, and although with diminishing success, to drive them along the path which corresponded to the interests of the bank.

Hardcover: 457 pages
Publisher: Cosmopolitan book corporation; First Edition edition (1928)

The Ego and His Own: The Case of the Individual Against Authority (Dover Books on Western Philosophy)

Credited with influencing the philosophies of Nietzsche and Ayn Rand and the development of libertarianism and existentialism, this prophetic 1844 work challenges the very notion of a common good as the driving force of civilization. By examining the role of the human ego, author Max Stirner chronicles the battle of the individual against the collective — showing how, throughout history, the latter invariably leads to oppression. Stirner begins with a study of the individual ego and then traces its subjugation from ancient times to the nineteenth century. Nothing escapes his indictment: the ancient philosophers, Christianity, monarchism, the bourgeois state; all have fettered individuals with laws, morality, and obligations. Revolutions expunge one evil only to replace it with another, and Stirner predicted — years before the publication of Marx's Manifesto — that socialism would climax in the ultimate totalitarian state.

For students of political science and philosophy, this book is essential reading. For those concerned about the encroachment of authority upon individual liberty, Stirner articulates a philosophy that remains unsurpassed in its scope.

Paperback: 400 pages
Publisher: Dover Publications (December 16, 2005)

The Social Contract: A Personal Inquiry into the Evolutionary Sources of Order and Disorder (Robert Ardrey's Nature of Man Series) (Volume 3)

“Violation of biological command has been the failure of social man. Vertebrates though we may be, we have ignored the law of equal opportunity since civilization’s earliest hours. Sexually reproducing beings though we are, we pretend today that the law of inequality does not exist. And enlightened though we may be, while we pursue the unattainable we make impossible the realizable.” In his two previous books, Robert Ardrey exploded a series of philosophical landmines. African Genesis (1961) introduced his new evolutionary approach to an understanding of men. Then came The Territorial Imperative (1966), whose title is now a common phrase in our language. The Social Contract is the third in the series, and it denies that men are created equal - but that they deserve absolute equality of opportunity. Robert Ardrey maintains that since the publication of Rousseau’s Social Contract two centuries ago, men have wasted social resources, converted much of education into a process of brain-washing, committed themselves to one political insane asylum after another, all in pursuit of a goal that is a natural impossibility in any sexually reproducing species. Discarding the myth, Robert Ardrey combines his wealth of knowledge of animal ways with the new insights of modern biology and the newest revelations concerning human evolution to probe perplexing contemporary problems: the revolt of the young, the status struggle and the role of leadership, population control, urban overcrowding, violence in civilized life. Praise for the 1970 edition: “Robert Ardrey’s The Social Contract is as imaginative and exciting as his African Genesis or The Territorial Imperative, but this new book is broader in scope, better balanced, and more philosophical than its predecessors. I disagree with some of Ardrey’s opinions concerning human aggression, because I have greater faith than he has in the power of environmental conditioning. But this does not affect my conviction that The Social Contract will be of immense value in helping the public to probe into the dark and misty areas where zoology, anthropology, and prehistory join to account for the origins of man as a social animal.” - Rene Dubos, Rockefeller University

Paperback: 322 pages
Publisher: StoryDesign LTD (September 9, 2014)

Beyond Good & Evil: Prelude to a Philosophy of the Future

Represents Nietzsche's attempt to sum up his philosophy. In nine parts the book is designed to give the reader a comprehensive idea of Nietzsche's thought and style: they span "The Prejudices of Philsophers," "The Free Spirit," religion, morals, scholarship, "Our Virtues," "Peoples and Fatherlands," and "What Is Noble," as well as epigrams and a concluding poem. Beyond Good and Evil is one of the most remarkable and influential books of the nineteenth century.

This translation by Walter Kaufmann has become the standard one, for accuracy and fidelity to the eccentricities and grace of the style of the original. The translation is based on the only edition Nietzsche himself published, and all variant reading in later editions. This volume offers an inclusive index of subjects and persons, as well as a running footnote commentary on the text.

From the Inside Flap

Represents Nietzsche's attempt to sum up his philosophy. In nine parts the book is designed to give the reader a comprehensive idea of Nietzche's thought and style. With an inclusive index of subjects and persons.

Paperback: 288 pages
Publisher: Vintage (December 17, 1989)

Animal Farm

Manor Farm is like any other English farm, expect for a drunken owner, Mr Jones, incompetent workers and oppressed animals. Fed up with the ignorance of their human masters, the animals rise up in rebellion and take over the farm. Led by intellectually superior pigs like Snowball and Napoleon, the animals how to take charge of their destiny and remove the inequities of their lives. But as time passes, the realize that things aren't happening quite as expected. Animal Farm is, one level, a simple story about barnyard animals. On a much deeper level, it is a savage political satire on corrupted ideals, misdirected revolutions and class conflict-themes as valid today as they were sixty years ago.

About the Author

Eric Arthur Blair (George Orwell) was an English writer. His work is characterized by lucid prose, biting social criticism, opposition to totalitarianism, and outspoken support of democratic socialism. He is best-known for his dystopian social-commentary novel 1984 and his allegorical fairytale Animal Farm.

Hardcover: 144 pages
Publisher: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt (November 20, 1990)

The Prince

The Prince is a 16th-century political treatise by the Italian diplomat and political theorist Niccolò Machiavelli. From correspondence a version appears to have been distributed in 1513, using a Latin title, De Principatibus (About Principalities). However, the printed version was not published until 1532, five years after Machiavelli's death. This was done with the permission of the Medici pope Clement VII, but "long before then, in fact since the first appearance of the Prince in manuscript, controversy had swirled about his writings". Although it was written as if it were a traditional work in the mirrors for princes style, it is generally agreed that it was especially innovative. This is only partly because it was written in the vernacular Italian rather than Latin, a practice which had become increasingly popular since the publication of Dante's Divine Comedy and other works of Renaissance literature. The Prince is sometimes claimed to be one of the first works of modern philosophy, especially modern political philosophy, in which the effective truth is taken to be more important than any abstract ideal. It was also in direct conflict with the dominant Catholic and scholastic doctrines of the time concerning how to consider politics and ethics. Although it is relatively short, the treatise is the most remembered of Machiavelli's works and the one most responsible for bringing the word "Machiavellian" into usage as a pejorative. It also helped make "Old Nick" an English term for the devil, and even contributed to the modern negative connotations of the words "politics" and "politician" in western countries. In terms of subject matter it overlaps with the much longer Discourses on Livy, which was written a few years later. In its use of near-contemporary Italians as examples of people who perpetrated criminal deeds for politics, another lesser-known work by Machiavelli which The Prince has been compared to is the Life of Castruccio Castracani. The descriptions within The Prince have the general theme of accepting that the aims of princes—such as glory and survival—can justify the use of immoral means to achieve those ends. “ He who neglects what is done for what ought to be done, sooner effects his ruin than his preservation. ” —Machiavelli, "Chapter 15"

About the Author

Niccolò di Bernardo dei Machiavelli (3 May 1469 21 June 1527) was an Italian historian, politician, diplomat, philosopher, humanist and writer based in Florence during the Renaissance. He was for many years an official in the Florentine Republic, with responsibilities in diplomatic and military affairs. He was a founder of modern political science, and more specifically political ethics. He also wrote comedies, carnival songs, and poetry. His personal correspondence is renowned in the Italian language. He was Secretary to the Second Chancery of the Republic of Florence from 1498 to 1512, when the Medici were out of power. He wrote his masterpiece, The Prince, after the Medici had recovered power and he no longer held a position of responsibility in Florence.

Paperback: 82 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (November 22, 2017)

Theory and History: An Interpretation of Social and Economic Evaluation (Lib Works Ludwig Von Mises CL)

Ludwig von Mises was the leading exponent of the Austrian School of economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He has long been regarded as a most knowledgeable and respected economist, even though his teachings were generally outside the “mainstream.

Theory and History is primarily a critique of Karl Marx, his materialism, and his prediction of the inevitability of socialism. Marx attributes the creation of tools and machines, as well as the economic structure of society, to undefined “material productive forces; Mises rejects this materialistic view; he points out that tools and machines are actually created by individuals acting on the basis of non-materialistic ideas.

This book discusses the theory of economics, i.e., the study of purposive human action, and with history, the record of the past actions of individuals. All actions are determined by ideas. Thoughts and ideas are “real things, Mises writes. “Although intangible and immaterial, they are factors in bringing about changes in the realm, of tangible and material things. Rather than rejecting the study of historical change as a “useless pastime, Mises considers it of the utmost practical importance. “History looks backward into the past, but the lesson it teaches concerns things to come. History opens the mind to an understanding of human nature, increases wisdom, and distinguishes civilized man from the barbarian. Moreover, historical knowledge is of the utmost importance in helping to anticipate and plan for the future.

Though Theory and History may not be studied as often as other, more popular Mises works, it provides great insight into Mises s fundamental thoughts and is a fascinating exploration of human action.

Ludwig von Mises (1881–1973) was the leading spokesman of the Austrian School of Economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Bettina Bien Greaves is a former resident scholar, trustee, and longtime staff member of the Foundation for Economic Education. She has written and lectured extensively on topics of free market economics. Her articles have appeared in such journals as Human Events, Reason, and The Freeman: Ideas on Liberty. A student of Mises, Greaves has become an expert on his work in particular and that of the Austrian School of economics in general. She has translated several Mises monographs, compiled an annotated bibliography of his work, and edited collections of papers by Mises and other members of the Austrian School.

About the Author

Ludwig von Mises (1881-1973) earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Paperback: 281 pages
Publisher: Liberty Fund, Inc. (August 9, 2005)

Human Action: A Treatise on Economics

In the foreword to Human Action: A Treatise on Economics, Mises explains complex market phenomena as "the outcomes of countless conscious, purposive actions, choices, and preferences of individuals, each of whom was trying as best as he or she could under the circumstances to attain various wants and ends and to avoid undesired consequences." It is individual choices in response to personal subjective value judgments that ultimately determine market phenomena—supply and demand, prices, the pattern of production, and even profits and losses. Although governments may presume to set "prices," it is individuals who, by their actions and choices through competitive bidding for money, products, and services, actually determine "prices". Thus, Mises presents economics—not as a study of material goods, services, and products—but as a study of human actions. He sees the science of human action, praxeology, as a science of reason and logic, which recognizes a regularity in the sequence and interrelationships among market phenomena. Mises defends the methodology of praxeology against the criticisms of Marxists, socialists, positivists, and mathematical statisticians.

Mises attributes the tremendous technological progress and the consequent increase in wealth and general welfare in the last two centuries to the introduction of liberal government policies based on free-market economic teachings, creating an economic and political environment which permits individuals to pursue their respective goals in freedom and peace. Mises also explains the futility and counter-productiveness of government attempts to regulate, control, and equalize all people's circumstances: "Men are born unequal and ... it is precisely their inequality that generates social cooperation and civilization."

Ludwig von Mises (1881–1973) was the leading spokesman of the Austrian School of Economics throughout most of the twentieth century. He earned his doctorate in law and economics from the University of Vienna in 1906. In 1926, Mises founded the Austrian Institute for Business Cycle Research. From 1909 to 1934, he was an economist for the Vienna Chamber of Commerce. Before the Anschluss, in 1934 Mises left for Geneva, where he was a professor at the Graduate Institute of International Studies until 1940, when he emigrated to New York City. From 1948 to 1969, he was a visiting professor at New York University.

Bettina Bien Greaves is a former resident scholar, trustee, and longtime staff member of the Foundation for Economic Education. She has written and lectured extensively on topics of free market economics. Her articles have appeared in such journals as Human Events, Reason, and The Freeman: Ideas on Liberty. A student of Mises, Greaves has become an expert on his work in particular and that of the Austrian School of economics in general. She has translated several Mises monographs, compiled an annotated bibliography of his work, and edited collections of papers by Mises and other members of the Austrian School.

Paperback: 908 pages
Publisher: Martino Fine Books (October 10, 2012)

Revisionist Viewpoints: Essays in a Dissident Historical Tradition

An outstanding American historian is at his brilliant, pro­vocative best in these essays on World War II war crimes, Allied terror bomb­ing, Fascism, the draft, the American mass media's wartime love affair with Stalin, America's postwar "defense" imperialism, and more. Important for anyone with a serious interest in twentieth century history.

Paperback: 248 pages
Publisher: Ralph Myles; 1st edition (1971)

Disclosure of corporate ownership: Prepared by the Subcommittees on Intergovernmental Relations and Budgeting, Management, and Expenditures of the ... Government Operations, United States Senate

Author: January 1, 1973, by United States. Congress. Senate. Committee on Government Operations. Subcommittee on Intergovernmental Relations

Paperback: 440 pages
Publisher: University of Michigan Library (January 1, 1973)

Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution

“Sutton comes to conclusions that are uncomfortable for many businessmen and economists. For this reason, his work tends to be either dismissed out of hand as ‘extreme’ or, more often, simply ignored.” ―Richard Pipes, Baird Professor Emeritus of History, Harvard University (from Survival Is Not Enough: Soviet Realities and America's Future)

Why did the 1917 American Red Cross Mission to Russia include more financiers than medical doctors? Rather than caring for the victims of war and revolution, its members seemed more intent on negotiating contracts with the Kerensky government and, subsequently, the Bolshevik regime.

In a courageous investigation, Antony Sutton establishes tangible historical links between Russian communists and US capitalists. Drawing on US state department files, personal papers of key Wall Street figures, biographies, and conventional histories, Sutton reveals:

• The role of Morgan banking executives in funneling illegal Bolshevik gold into the US.
• The co-option of the American Red Cross by powerful Wall Street forces.
• The intervention by Wall Street sources to free the Marxist revolutionary Leon Trotsky, whose aim was to topple the Russian government.
• The deals made by major corporations to capture the huge Russian market a decade and a half before the US recognized the Soviet regime.
• The secret sponsoring of Communism by leading businessmen, who publicly championed free enterprise.

Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution traces the foundations of Western funding of the Soviet Union. Dispassionately, and with overwhelming documentation, the author details a crucial phase in the establishment of Communist Russia.

This classic study―first published in 1974 and part of a key trilogy―is reproduced here in its original form. The other volumes in this trilogy are Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler and Wall Street and FDR.

About the Author

Antony C. Sutton (1925-2002) was born in London and educated at the universities of London, Gottingen and California. He was a Research Fellow at the Hoover Institution for War, Revolution, and Peace at Stanford, California, from 1968 to 1973, and later an Economics Professor at California State University, Los Angeles. He is the author of 25 books, including the major three-volume study Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development.

Paperback: 232 pages
Publisher: Clairview Books; Reprint edition (December 1, 2012)

Wall Street and FDR

Franklin D. Roosevelt is frequently described as one of the greatest presidents in American history, remembered for his leadership during the Great Depression and Second World War. Antony Sutton challenges this received wisdom, presenting a controversial but convincing analysis. Based on an extensive study of original documents, he concludes that: * FDR was an elitist who influenced public policy in order to benefit special interests, including his own. * FDR and his Wall Street colleagues were 'corporate socialists', who believed in making society work for their own benefit. * FDR believed in business but not free market economics. Sutton describes the genesis of 'corporate socialism' - acquiring monopolies by means of political influence - which he characterises as 'making society work for the few'. He traces the historical links of the Delano and Roosevelt families to Wall Street, as well as FDR's own political networks developed during his early career as a financial speculator and bond dealer.The New Deal almost destroyed free enterprise in America, but didn't adversely affect FDR's circle of old friends ensconced in select financial institutions and federal regulatory agencies. Together with their corporate allies, this elite group profited from the decrees and programmes generated by their old pal in the White House, whilst thousands of small businesses suffered and millions were unemployed. Wall Street and FDR is much more than a fascinating historical and political study. Many contemporary parallels can be drawn to Sutton's powerful presentation given the recent banking crises and worldwide governments' bolstering of private institutions via the public purse. This classic study - first published in 1975 as the conclusion of a key trilogy - is reproduced here in its original form. (The other volumes in the series are Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler and Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution.)

About the Author

ANTONY C. SUTTON, born in London in 1925, was educated at the universities of London, Gottingen and California. He was a Research Fellow at the Hoover Institution for War, Revolution and Peace at Stanford, California, from 1968 to 1973 and later an Economics Professor at California State University, Los Angeles. He is the author of 25 books, including the major three-volume study Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development. He died in 2002.

Paperback: 200 pages
Publisher: Clairview Books; New edition edition (January 1, 2014)

The Triumph of Conservatism

From the birth of Democracy in Athens, the true battle has been between the philosophy of Draco and the philosophy of Solon, philosophies of constancy and progression, respectively. In our time we call them Conservative and Liberal, and each sees the other as evil and a danger to Democracy. This book is a reinterpretation of the so-called "Progressive Era" under the presidencies of Teddy Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson, with the relatively draconian presidency of William Taft in between.

Paperback: 356 pages
Publisher: Free Press; unknown edition (March 1, 1977)

The Wall Street Gang

This book offers investors an inquiry into the squeeze play of Wall Street wheeler-dealers and also provides them with an approach to the market that shows them how to time their investment decisions to coincide with those of the exchange insider. From beginning to end, The Wall Street Gang reads like a suspense story as the author shows how the great wealth and power of the New York Stock Exchange depend on the ignorance and confusion of the investing public. With penetrating insight, he analyzes the basic problems posed to investors by a financial system that is able to manipulate and control investors, stock prices, the media, politicians, and the executive suite of every major corporation in America. In documenting the failure of the SEC and Interstate Commerce Commission to regulate and the complicity between the government and Wall Street insiders, he uses charts and tables that are informative and more illuminating than similar charts that appear in daily papers because of the lucid explanations that accompany them. Case histories enable the investor to recognize the symptoms of fraud and prepare to take action if necessary. In another section of the book, he informs investors of their recourse to the courts as vehicles for the recovery of damages when stockbrokers violate the securities laws.

Hardcover: 284 pages
Publisher: Praeger Publishers, Inc.; 1st edition (May 1974)

The Rich and the Super-Rich: A Study in the Power of Money Today

In the late 1930s bombshell of a book appeared which told the story of the lords of wealth and their glittering clans. It was called AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. It rocked the nation and became a classic.

Lundberg showed how America was ruled by a plutocracy of inherited wealth, even under the New Deal. At the time he could only provide a sampling of the economic and political patterns of those families, which, for one reason or another, had come under public scrutiny. In addition to the Sixty Families he dealt with in depth, he was able to outline the probable holdings of a few hundred other families.

The author, in writing THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH, had at his disposal infinitely richer data, monographs, Congressional investigations than were available three decades ago. They have made it possible for him to give us a book which is much more than a mere updating of AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. It is, rather, a systematic study of the entire wealthy class and its familial structure. (In one important aspect it resembles AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES: It is written for the layman to awaken the reader to the real and little-known situation.) Original publication was delayed to update John Paul Getty's most current wealth.

These families have all the old levers of power and pelf plus a whole host of new ones created for them during the intervening decades by the politicians, lawyers and judges who serve them. Although published in 1968 and rocketed to the top of the bestseller list, the wealth managed by these families remains a significant force in today’s economy and should not be underestimated.

Ferdinand Lundberg’s IMPERIAL HEARST was the basis for the screenplay CITIZEN KANE. Other bestsellers include MODERN WOMEN: THE LOST SEX (in collaboration) and the book for which he is most noted, AMERICA’S SIXTY FAMILIES. This book was embraced by New Deal leaders and helped to shape the destiny of the Roosevelt Administration in its early years.

During World War II, Lundberg was an economist with the War Production Board and the War Shipping Administration. After the war, he served the Twentieth Century Fund as editor and began teaching—first at Finch College, New York, and then as Adjunct Professor of Social Philosophy at New York University. He took leave in 1965 to devote all his time to writing THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH, published in 1968. It became the number one bestselling book in the United States. It was translated and published in eight other countries and became number one in Germany for many months.

Mr. Lundberg completed his formal education at Columbia University, where he was awarded the B.Sc. and M.A.

Hardcover: 812 pages
Publisher: Lyle Stuart; 1st edition (June 1, 1968)

America's 60 Families

Originally published in 1937, this early work on American politics is both expensive and hard to find in its first edition. It details the history of industrial trusts, finance, business and the federal government during the early twentieth century. This is a fascinating work and thoroughly recommended for anyone interested in American history. Many of the earliest books, particularly those dating back to the 1900s and before, are now extremely scarce. We are republishing these classic works in affordable, high quality, modern editions, using the original text and artwork.

Hardcover: 566 pages
Publisher: Lundberg Press (November 4, 2008)

Who Rules America?

Drawing from a power elite perspective and the latest empirical data, Domhoff’s classic text is an invaluable tool for teaching students about how power operates in U.S. society. Domhoff argues that the owners and top-level managers in large income-producing properties are far and away the dominant figures in the U.S. Their corporations, banks, and agribusinesses come together as a corporate community that dominates the federal government in Washington and their real estate, construction, and land development companies form growth coalitions that dominate most local governments. By providing empirical evidence for his argument, Domhoff encourages students to think critically about the power structure in American society and its implications for our democracy.

Paperback: 184 pages
Publisher: Prentice Hall; 1st edition (December 1967)

< The Higher Circles: The Governing Class in America

Contents:

• Social indicators and social institutions of the upper class.
• The feminine half of the upper class.
• The jet set, celebrities, and the upper class.
• Cohesion and consciousness: is there an American upper class?
• How the power elite make foreign policy.
• How the power elite shape social legislation.
• The power elite, the CIA, and the struggle for minds.
• Dan Smott, Phyllis Schlafly, Reverend McBirnie, and me.
• Where a pluralist goes wrong.

Hardcover: 367 pages
Publisher: Random House; 1st edition (1970)

The Money Lords: The Great Finance Capitalists 1925-1950

After the Robber Barons came the new kings of capitalism.

Hardcover: 374 pages
Publisher: Weybright and Talley (1972)

The Robber Barons

Rockefeller, Morgan, Vanderbilt, Carnegie, Harriman, Gould, Frick ... this is the story of the giant American capitalists who seized economic power after the Civil War and altered the shape of American life forever.

Paperback: 474 pages
Publisher: Mariner Books (January 24, 1962)

The Plot to Seize the White House: The Shocking True Story of the Conspiracy to Overthrow FDR

Most people will be shocked to learn that in 1933 a cabal of wealthy industrialists—in league with groups like the K.K.K. and the American Liberty League—planned to overthrow the U.S. government in a fascist coup. Their plan was to turn discontented veterans into American “brown shirts,” depose F.D.R., and stop the New Deal. They clandestinely asked Medal of Honor recipient and Marine Major General Smedley Darlington Butler to become the first American Caesar. He, though, was a true patriot and revealed the plot to journalists and to Congress. In a time when a sitting President has invoked national security to circumvent constitutional checks and balances, this episode puts the spotlight on attacks upon our democracy and the individual courage needed to repel them.

About the Author

Jules Archer served four years during World War II in the Pacific with the Army Air Corps. He wrote many books on political events and personalities, including "The Dictators"; " Hawks, Doves and the Eagle"; and "The Extremists." He lived in New York until his passing.

Anne Cipriano Venzon (Introduction): Anne Cipriano Venzon is the author of " General Smedley Darlington Butler."

Paperback: 256 pages
Publisher: Skyhorse Publishing; First Edition, 2nd Printing edition (March 1, 2007)

David: Report on a Rockefeller

David Report on a Rockefeller by William Hoffman

Hardcover: 192 pages
Publisher: Lyle Stuart, Inc. (December 1971)

The Incredible Rocky Vs the Power of the People!

Oversized Underground exposing the dark side of America' richest family.

Comic: 49 pages
Publisher: North American Congress on Latin America (January 1, 1975)

History of the Great American Fortunes: Volume I

In writing this work my aim has been to give the exact facts as far as the available material allows. Necessarily it is impossible, from the very nature of the case, to obtain all the facts. It is obvious that in both past and present times the chief beneficiaries of our social and industrial system have found it to their interest to represent their accumulations as the rewards of industry and ability, and have likewise had the strongest motives for concealing the circumstances of all those complex and devious methods which have been used in building up great fortunes. In this they have been assisted by a society so constituted that the means by which these great fortunes have been amassed have been generally lauded as legitimate and exemplary.

The possessors of towering fortunes have hitherto been described in two ways. On the one hand, they have been held up as marvels of success, as preëminent examples of thrift, enterprise and extraordinary ability. More recently, however, the tendency in certain quarters has been diametrically the opposite. This latter class of writers, intent upon pandering to a supposed popular appetite for sensation, pile exposure upon exposure, and hold up the objects of their diatribes as monsters of commercial and political crime. Neither of these classes has sought to establish definitely the relation of the great fortunes to the social and industrial system which has propagated them. Consequently, these superficial effusions and tirades—based upon a lack of understanding of the propelling forces of society—have little value other than as reflections of a certain aimless and disordered spirit of the times. With all their volumes of print, they leave us in possession of a scattered array of assertions, bearing some resemblance to facts, which, however, fail to be facts inasmuch as they are either distorted to take shape as fulsome eulogies or as wild, meaningless onslaughts.

They give no explanation of the fundamental laws and movements of the present system, which have resulted in these vast fortunes; nor is there the least glimmering of a scientific interpretation of a succession of states and tendencies from which these men of great wealth have emerged. With an entire absence of comprehension, they portray our multimillionaires as a phenomenal group whose sudden rise to their sinister and overshadowing position is a matter of wonder and surprise. They do not seem to realize for a moment—what is clear to every real student of economics—that the great fortunes are the natural, logical outcome of a system based upon factors the inevitable result of which is the utter despoilment of the many for the benefit of a few.

About the Author

GUSTAVUS MYERS, 1872 - 1942, was a the pioneering historian who wrote ten major works during his life.

Paperback: 114 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (September 30, 2014)

National Suicide: Military Aid to the Soviet Union

You may read this book and think the author "dreamed a dream that could not be." For Antony Sutton, research fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University, proves that there is no such thing as Soviet technology, only American and allied technology on Soviet soil. Technology that maimed and killed American boys in Korea and Vietnam.

Bridge building to Communist Russia is nothing new. It started early in 1918. With mountains of documentation Mr. Sutton shows that 90 to 95 percent of Soviet technology since 1918 has come from America and its allies . . . that we've built for, or sold, or traded, or given outright to the Communists everything from copper wiring and motor vehicles to combat tanks, missile equipment and computers . . . that we are today giving equipment to build the world 's largest heavy­ truck plant (output: 100,000 ten-ton trucks per year - more than all U.S. manufacturers produce in a year) . . . that "peaceful trade" is a myth . . . that to the Soviets all goods are strategic. All this, to create and maintain an enemy that we annually spend $80 billion to defend against.

National Suicide, researched for over ten years, mentions scores of products passed on to the Soviets (down to the design specifications, in some cases). It fearlessly names the guilty manufacturers and politicians - right up to Presidents of the United States.

The government won't like this book. It blows the lid off information that has been kept from the public till now. But Americans weary of no-win wars and taxpayers repelled at subsidizing our enemy will hail this scholarly, gutsy volume.

Hardcover: 283 pages
Publisher: Arlington House; 1st edition (1973)

Lindbergh On the Federal Reserve (The Economic Pinch)

1968: by Charles A. Lindbergh- The key to all the good things is the mind, so open your mind and begin to think.

Paperback: 249 pages
Publisher: Noontide Press; New edition edition (December 1968)

Collective Speeches of Congressman Louis T. McFadden; Federal Reserve Exposed

Speeches from famous, patriotic, uncorruptible US politician.

Paperback: ? pages
Publisher: Omni Publications; 3rd First publisher in 1970 edition (2005)

< The Federal Reserve Bank

No details

Paperback: 256 pages
Publisher: Noontide Press; Revised Printing edition (1968)

None Dare Call It Conspiracy

This book is a primer for anyone who wishes to understand the basic workings of the global network of Insiders that is determined to wield power over all of mankind in the coming New World Order. The Special Edition is updated with illustrations and charts for 2013. Introduction by U.S. Congressman John G. Schmitz: The story you are about to read is true. The names have not been changed to protect the guilty. This book may have the effect of changing your life. After reading this book, you will never look at national and world events in the same way again. None Dare Call It Conspiracy will be a very controversial book. At first it will receive little publicity and those whose plans are exposed in it will try to kill it by the silent treatment. For reasons that become obvious as you read this book, it will not be reviewed in all the "proper" places or be available on your local book stand. However, there is nothing these people can do to stop a grass roots book distributing system. Eventually it will be necessary for the people and organizations named in this book to try to blunt its effect by attacking it or the author. They have a tremendous vested interest in keeping you from discovering what they are doing. And they have the big guns of the mass media at their disposal to fire the barrages at None Dare Call It Conspiracy. By sheer volume, the "experts" will try to ridicule you out of investigating for yourself as to whether or not the information in this book is true They will ignore the fact that the author about to conjecture. They will find a typographical error or ague some point that is open to debate. If necessary they will lie in order to protect themselves by smearing this book. I believe those who pooh-pooh the information herein because psychologically many people would prefer to believe we are because we all like to ignore bad news. We do so at our own peril.

Paperback: 160 pages
Publisher: Dauphin Publications; Special edition (January 30, 2013)

Richard Nixon the Man Behind the Mask

No Details

Paperback: 433 pages
Publisher: Western Islands (June 1, 1971)

The Rockefeller File - Secret

The super rich in America enjoy power and prerogatives un-imaginable to most of us. Who can conceive of owning a private empire that includes 100 homes, 2,500 servants, untold thousands of luxuries, and untold millions of dollars? America has a royal family of finance that has known such riches for generations. It is, of course, the Rockefellers. But if the Rockefellers were content with their wealth, if their riches had satisfied their desires, this book would not have been written. And I would not be urging you to read it. Money alone is not enough to quench the thirst and lusts of the super-rich. Instead, many of them use their vast wealth, and the influence such riches give them, to achieve even more power. Power of a magnitude never dreamed of by the tyrants and despots of earlier ages. Power on a world wide scale. Power over people, not just products...

Paperback: 194 pages
Publisher: 76 Press (1976)

The Invisible Government

Dan Smoot's "Invisble Government" sold about 1 million copies through self-publishing alone, but it did not appear on the New York Times "Best Sellers List" of 1962. Essentially it is a book dealing with organization called The Council on Foreign Relations founded by Edward Mandel House, one of the Dullers brothers and others devoted to bringing "socialism as dreamed of by Karl Marx.", to quote House, to this country. The writing is dry but effective. Had he lived, Senator Joseph McCarthy might have written this book himself since the Council is one of groups that he was getting into his sights before Eisenhower stopped him. What Dan Smoot revealed is how ITC control of the national medias is so pervasive that true and vital news seldom gets to the populace at large. Smoot's anaylsis of it's goals bear close attention for those who are interested in answering befuddling questions about U.S. foreign and domestic policies. Over twenty six years later "The Shadows of Power" by James Perloff, brought the CFR up to date, and the report on how this subversive organization has not been dealt with is not good! From what one may gather after reading "The Invisible Government" is how many lives have been ruined or lost in order to fulfill the dreams of a few determined to create a "New World Order". If you think this is only the stuff of Ian Flemming or H.G. Wells, Smoot's book goes a long way to prove otherwise.

About the Author

Dan Smoot (1913-2003) was an FBI agent and a conservative political activist. From the 1950s to 1971 , he published The Dan Smoot Report, which chronicled alleged communist infiltration in various sectors of American government and society. In 1970 , he opposed the selection of a future U.S. president, George Herbert Walker Bush, as the Republican nominee for the U.S. Senate from Texas. He claimed that Bush's political philosophy was little different from the Democrats that he sought to oppose. Bush lost the Senate election that year to popular Democrat Lloyd M. Bentsen, Jr. In 1972 , Smoot opposed the reelection of Richard M. Nixon and served as campaign manager for American Independent Party presidential candidate John G. Schmitz of California.

Paperback: 176 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (December 31, 2013)

Naked Capitalist

In "The Naked Capitalist" , Dr. Skousen reviews the book "Tragedy and Hope" by Carroll Quigley. It reveals how some of the richest people in the world have supported communism and socialism. Why would they support what appears to be the pathway to their own destruction? Dr. Quigley has been associated with many of these dynastic families of the super-rich. Dr. Skousen therefore writes as an authority on the world's secret power structure. His answers to the above question will astonish you.

About the Author

W. Cleon Skousen is best remembered as a popular author, speaker and teacher who lectured in every state and province in North America, and in more than 60 countries world-wide. He was a student of history and a scholar of law, specializing in the principles of Freedom, the U.S. Constitution, economics, and ancient history and scriptures.

He was invited to write a new constitution for Canada and the proposed United States of Latin America, and he published a model constitution that could be adopted by nations everywhere. He served in the FBI for 16 years, four years as Chief of Police in Salt Lake City, and ten years as a university professor. He was a prolific writer and produced three national best sellers, The Naked Communist, The Naked Capitalist, and The Five Thousand Year Leap. Eight of his books were used as college texts, and several were translated and published in other countries.

Dr. Skousen was born in Canada, and returned to the U.S. with his family at age ten. He spent two years in Mexico, two years in England, graduated from San Bernardino College in California, and received his juris doctor degree from George Washington University Law School. He was admitted to practice law in the District of Columbia and before the District Court of Appeals and the U.S. Supreme Court.

His seminars on the Constitution have been taught to several million across the U.S., and among his students were dozens of U.S. Senators and Representatives, two Supreme Court justices, and several candidates for President. He believed knowledge and understanding were key to maintaining a free country, and spent his entire adult life opening up complex issues for deeper understanding by students and audiences all around the world.

Dr. Skousen and his wife, Jewel Pitcher of San Bernardino, California, are the parents of eight children, 50 grandchildren, and more than 120 great-grandchildren.

Paperback: 144 pages
Publisher: Reviewer; Later Printing edition (January 1, 1993)

Captain and the Kings

New York Times Bestseller: Sweeping from the 1850s through the early 1920s, this towering family saga examines the price of ambition and power.

Joseph Francis Xavier Armagh is twelve years old when he gets his first glimpse of the promised land of America through a dirty porthole in steerage on an Irish immigrant ship. His long voyage, dogged by tragedy, ends not in the great city of New York but in the bigoted, small town of Winfield, Pennsylvania, where his younger brother, Sean, and his infant sister, Regina, are sent to an orphanage. Joseph toils at whatever work will pay a living wage and plans for the day he can take his siblings away from St. Agnes’s Orphanage and make a home for them all.

Joseph’s journey will catapult him to the highest echelons of power and grant him entry into the most elite political circles. Even as misfortune continues to follow the Armagh family like an ancient curse, Joseph takes his revenge against the uncaring world that once took everything from him. He orchestrates his eldest son Rory’s political ascent from the offspring of an Irish immigrant to US senator. And Joseph will settle for nothing less than the pinnacle of glory: seeing his boy crowned the first Catholic president of the United States.

Spanning seventy years, Captains and the Kings, which was adapted into an eight-part television miniseries, is Taylor Caldwell’s masterpiece about nineteenth- and early twentieth-century America, and the grit, ambition, fortitude, and sheer hubris it takes for an immigrant to survive and thrive in a dynamic new land.

About the Author

Taylor Caldwell (1900–1985) was one of the most prolific and widely read authors of the twentieth century. Born Janet Miriam Holland Taylor Caldwell in Manchester, England, she moved with her family to Buffalo, New York, in 1907. She started writing stories when she was eight years old and completed her first novel when she was twelve. Married at age eighteen, Caldwell worked as a stenographer and court reporter to help support her family and took college courses at night, earning a bachelor of arts degree from the University of Buffalo in 1931. She adopted the pen name Taylor Caldwell because legendary editor Maxwell Perkins thought her debut novel, Dynasty of Death (1938), would be better received if readers assumed it were written by a man. In a career that spanned five decades, Caldwell published forty novels, many of which were New York Times bestsellers. Her best-known works include the historical sagas The Sound of Thunder (1957), Testimony of Two Men (1968), Captains and the Kings (1972), and Ceremony of the Innocent (1976), and the spiritually themed novels The Listener (1960) and No One Hears But Him (1966). Dear and Glorious Physician (1958), a portrayal of the life of St. Luke, and Great Lion of God (1970), about the life of St. Paul, are among the bestselling religious novels of all time. Caldwell’s last novel, Answer as a Man (1981), hit the New York Times bestseller list before its official publication date. She died at her home in Greenwich, Connecticut, in 1985.

Hardcover: 756 pages
Publisher: Doubleday & Co; First Edition, First Printing edition (1972)

Proofs of a Conspiracy

This anthology is a thorough introduction to classic literature for those who have not yet experienced these literary masterworks. For those who have known and loved these works in the past, this is an invitation to reunite with old friends in a fresh new format. From Shakespeare s finesse to Oscar Wilde s wit, this unique collection brings together works as diverse and influential as The Pilgrim s Progress and Othello. As an anthology that invites readers to immerse themselves in the masterpieces of the literary giants, it is must-have addition to any library.

About the Author

John Robison has been certified by the American Canoe Association in coastal kayak, whitewater kayak, and whitewater canoe instruction and has paddled extensively around the world. --This text refers to an alternate Paperback edition.

Paperback: 194 pages
Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (April 23, 2012)

Secret Societies & Subversive Movements

This work has been selected by scholars as being culturally important, and is part of the knowledge base of civilization as we know it. This work was reproduced from the original artifact, and remains as true to the original work as possible. Therefore, you will see the original copyright references, library stamps (as most of these works have been housed in our most important libraries around the world), and other notations in the work.

This work is in the public domain in the United States of America, and possibly other nations. Within the United States, you may freely copy and distribute this work, as no entity (individual or corporate) has a copyright on the body of the work.

As a reproduction of a historical artifact, this work may contain missing or blurred pages, poor pictures, errant marks, etc. Scholars believe, and we concur, that this work is important enough to be preserved, reproduced, and made generally available to the public. We appreciate your support of the preservation process, and thank you for being an important part of keeping this knowledge alive and relevant.

About the Author

Nesta Helen Webster (Mrs. Arthur Webster), (24 August 1876 – 16 May 1960) was a controversial author who revived conspiracy theories about the Illuminati. She argued that the secret society's members were occultists, plotting communist world domination, using the idea of a Jewish cabal,[citation needed] the Masons and Jesuits as a smokescreen. According to her, their international subversion included the French Revolution, 1848 Revolution, the First World War, and the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917. In 1920, Webster was one of the contributing authors who wrote The Jewish Peril, a series of articles in the London Morning Post centred on the Protocols of the Elders of Zion. These articles were subsequently compiled and published in the same year in book form under the title of The Cause of World Unrest. Webster claimed that the authenticity of the Protocols of the Elders of Zion was an "open question" --This text refers to an alternate Paperback edition.

Paperback: 432 pages
Publisher: EWorld Inc. (October 31, 2014)

The Truth About The Slump: What The News Never Tells

This book tells the story of who caused the slump and how they caused it, and it directs attention to two simple steps that can be taken to save our farmers and traders. No greater mistake can be made than to suppose that the present slump in commodity prices is due to blind economic forces. The depression from which we now suffer is due to an artificially induced variation in the purchasing power of money. In these pages will be found ample evidence in support of this statement. The quarter from which the trouble is coming is indicated, and the amazing manner in which the machinery for monetary control of the world was established is traced out. The story of the slump is essentially a story of men and their motives. Some of those motives, such as declarations of hostility to the British Empire, and action inimical to it, are matters of open public record : others are a matter of speculation. The facts set out rest upon unimpeachable authority, and the sources are given throughout. Any reader who has access to a large library can verify them all for himself, and by a little research would doubtless uncover much additional matter supplementing and confirming what the present author has assembled. Nevertheless, one may search in vain through the newspaper press, through the utterances of public men, through practically the whole current literature of today, for any reference to these central, pivotal facts governing the whole world price level and the financial and economic situation today. Why this silence? The answer is that the most potent forces in the world today are forces that do not work in the open. They could not work in the open : for if they did mankind would not for one instant tolerate their continuance. It is essential for the success of their plans that the people of the world should be unaware of the chains that have been made to enmesh them. A small number of persons in different countries have shown by their utterances that they are well aware of what is taking place - or, rather, has been taking placefor the chain of events extends back over a long period of time. Three-quarters of a century ago Disraeli told Britain's House of Commons that "the world is governed by very different persons from what is imagined by those who are not behind the scenes." In a recent interview, General Ludendorff, chief of the German General Staff through the war, declared that the world today is ruled by "secret supra-national powers," "the same diabolically clever wire-pullers that brought about the last cataclysm." In the London "National Review" six years ago Mr. Arthur Kitson wrote about "Our Invisible Rulers," and in other articles has expounded this same theme. In giving evidence before a United States Congressional committee in 1926, Mr. Western Starr, head of the United States Farmer-Labour Party, declared that unless a certain group of men, whom he referred to as "these old men of the sea," had their power curbed the world would be plunged into another war, compared with which the last war would be "like a Fourth of July picnic.' ' More cryptically, but none the less significantly, Sir Josiah Stamp, one of Britain's foremost business men and economists, has expressed the opinion-remarkable as coming from a director of the Bank of England-that money, after having brought civilisation to its present level, may well "actually destroy society." When the reader has digested the facts herein assembled this statement may fall less incredibly on his ear. It is impossible to maintain our country in a state of security unless we face the facts and conform to reality. Our national peril is that we are ignoring all the vital facts of the situation. Our enemies are none the less real because their ways are hidden ways. But they are a thousand times more insidious. What the war failed to do they seek, to accomplish, and their ambition is to shatter in bankruptcy and ruin the once-splendid fabric of the British Empire. A. N. FIELD. Okiwi Bay, Croixelles. February, 1931. ...

Paperback: 210 pages
Publisher: A. N. Field; First Edition edition (1931)